Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • BSZ  (1,469)
  • Alexandria, VA : Alexander Street Press  (1,034)
  • Dordrecht : Springer  (435)
  • Electronic books  (1,103)
  • Philosophy (General)  (355)
  • Philosophy.  (125)
Datasource
Material
Language
Keywords
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401772037
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (623 Seiten)
    Series Statement: International handbooks of quality-of-life
    Series Statement: International Handbooks of Quality-Of-Life Ser.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of Happiness Research in Latin America
    DDC: 300
    Keywords: Quality of Life_xResearch ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: This book presents original happiness research from and about a region that shows unexpectedly high levels of happiness. Even when Latin American countries cannot be classified as high-income countries their population do enjoy, on average, high happiness levels. The book draws attention to some important factors that contribute to the happiness of people, such as: relational values, human relations, solidarity networks, the role of the family, and the availability and gratifying using of leisure time. In a world where happiness is acquiring greater relevance as a final social and personal aim both the academic community and the social-actors and policy-makers community would benefit from Happiness Research in Latin America. Mariano Rojas is Professor of Economics at Facultad Latinoamericana de Ciencias Sociales, Sede México and at Universidad Popular Autónoma del Estado de Puebla. He got his undergraduate degree in economics from Universidad de Costa Rica and his M.A. and Ph.D degrees in economics from The Ohio State University, United States. His areas of research are: Happiness, Subjective Well-Being, Quality of Life, Economic Development, and Applied Microeconomics. He has been a member of ISQOLS since 2000, and performed as vice-president of finance from 2007 to 2008 and as vice-president of external affairs from 2011 to 2012. In 2009 he was awarded ISQOLS' Research Fellow Award as well as JOHS' Outstanding Reviewer Award. Mariano Rojas coordinates the Mexican Initiative Measuring the Progress of Societies: A Perspective from Mexico. This initiative received the Best New Initiative Award by OECD Global Project on Measuring the Progress of Societies in 2009 at the Busan, Korea 3rd World Forum.
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Contributors; 1: Happiness, Research, and Latin America; 1.1 Happiness; 1.1.1 Happiness Is Important; 1.1.2 Happiness Is an Ultimate Goal; 1.1.3 Happiness Motivates Human Action; 1.2 The Study of Happiness. The Old Traditions of Imputation and Presumption; 1.2.1 The Imputation Tradition; 1.2.2 The Presumption Tradition; 1.3 The Scientific Study of Happiness. Happiness Research; 1.3.1 Happiness Is a Life Experience of Being Well; 1.3.2 The Epistemology of Happiness. Knowing Happiness; 1.3.3 Measuring Happiness; 1.4 Happiness in Latin America; 1.4.1 The Region
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4.2 Latin America Is a Happy Region. Is This a Paradox?1.5 Happiness Research in Latin America; 1.5.1 Researching Happiness in Latin America; 1.5.2 The Contributions in the Handbook; 1.6 Reconsideration of the Wealth of Nations; Bibliography; Part I: The Relevance of Latin American Happiness; 2: The Singularity of Latin American Patterns of Happiness; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Traditional View of Social Progress and Political Emergence of Subjective Indicators; 2.3 Inconsistency Comes into Play: The Curious Levels of Happiness in Latin America
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4 Explaining ``Inconsistency´´ I: Individual Determinants of Happiness in Latin America2.5 Explaining ``Inconsistency´´ II: The Impact of Social Relations; 2.6 Overview: Consistency in the Indicators and Political Challenges; Bibliography; 3: The Social Psychology of Latin American Happiness; 3.1 Latin American Happiness; 3.2 Roots of Latin American Happiness: Small Traditional Villages; 3.3 From Andean Tradition to Modernity: Peri-urban Pueblos; 3.4 A Rural to Peri-urban Amazonian Corridor: Differences and Similarities with the Andes
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 Shantytowns: From Bucolic Happiness to Urban-Marginal Stress3.6 Urban Latin American Happiness Structure; 3.6.1 Optimistic Adaptation; 3.6.2 A Good Place to Live; 3.6.3 Home; 3.7 Conclusions: Latin American Happiness Processes; 3.7.1 Family and Social Relations; 3.7.2 Latin America: An Imperfect Place to Live, the Happy Adventure Park; 3.7.3 Optimistic Adaptation as a Key Feature of Latin American Happiness Adaptation; 3.7.4 Origins and Final Conclusions of Latin American Happiness; Bibliography; 4: The Relevance of Happiness: Choosing Between Development Paths in Latin America
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Introduction4.2 Happiness Provides New Relevant Information; 4.2.1 Standard Economic Theory: Income and Well-Being; 4.2.2 The Limitations of Income as a Proxy for Well-Being. Findings from Happiness Research; 4.2.2.1 Persons Are Socially Immersed; 4.2.2.2 People May Raise Their Aspirations and Change Their Evaluation Norms; 4.2.2.3 People May Easily Adapt to the New Consumption Goods; 4.2.2.4 Bias Towards Economic Goods. No Consideration of Relational Goods; 4.2.2.5 Not All Needs Are Material. Human Beings Do Also Have Psychological Needs
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.2.6 There Is More to Life than the Standard of Living
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9789401773768
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XX, 476 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Law, governance and technology series volume 24
    Series Statement: Law, Governance and Technology Ser. v.24
    Series Statement: Law, governance and technology series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Data protection on the move
    DDC: 302.2
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy ; Electronic books ; Konferenzschrift ; Konferenzschrift ; Europäische Union ; Datenschutz
    Abstract: Intro -- Preface -- Contents -- Mind the Air Gap -- Abstract -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Privacy Concerns for Domestic Robots -- 3 Why Privacy Need Not Be a Problem: Unravelling the Arguments -- 4 Mind the Air Gap: Prevention Rather Than Cure -- 5 Air Gaps and Domestic and Service Robots: A Look at the Issues -- 6 The Weaknesses of Air Gaps Revisited -- 7 Conclusion: A Plea for Privacy Before Design -- Bibliography -- Europe Versus Facebook: An Imbroglio of EU Data Protection Issues -- Abstract -- 1 Introduction -- 2 The Safe Harbor Program -- 3 Factual and Legal Background -- 4 Comment and Analysis -- 4.1 Article 3 of the Safe Harbor Agreement -- 4.2 The EU Data Protection Directive -- 4.3 The EU Charter -- 5 Additional Issues -- 5.1 What if There Is no Transfer? -- 5.2 What if Facebook Inc. Must Comply with the Directive Pursuant to Article 4? -- 5.3 Can the DPAs Enforce Their Decisions? -- 6 Conclusion -- The Context-Dependence of Citizens' Attitudes and Preferences Regarding Privacy and Security -- Abstract -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Measuring People's Perceptions of Security Technologies -- 2.1 Operationalization of Privacy -- 2.2 Operationalization of Security -- 2.3 Vignettes as a Tool for Contextualisation -- 2.4 Data Collection -- 3 Descriptive Results -- 4 Determinant of Citizen's Acceptance of Specific Surveillance Oriented Security Technologies -- 4.1 Methodology -- 4.2 Results -- 5 Discussion of Results and Conclusions -- Bibliography -- On Locational Privacy in the Absence of Anonymous Payments -- Abstract -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Overview -- 2.1 Problem Space -- 2.2 Approach -- 2.3 Roaming -- 3 System Design -- 3.1 Group Signatures and XSGS -- 3.2 Bootstrapping the System -- 3.3 Setting up New Charging Stations -- 3.4 Decommission of Charging Stations -- 3.5 Ensuring Authenticity of Metering Data -- 3.6 Transmission of Metering Data.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    ISBN: 9789401798976 , 9401798966
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 821 Seiten)
    Series Statement: International Handbooks of Quality-of-Life
    Series Statement: International Handbooks of Quality-Of-Life Ser.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306
    Keywords: Quality of Life_xResearch ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Intro -- Contents -- Part I: Introduction -- 1: Uncovering the Complexities of the Relationship Between Women and Well-Being in the Workplace: An Introduction -- Part I - Introduction -- Part II - Gender, Social Group Hierarchy, and Well-Being of Working Women -- Part III - Women Leaders and Well-Being -- Part IV - Professional Context and the Well-Being of Working Women -- Part V - Public Policy, Organizational Policy and Societal Influences on the Well-Being of Working Women -- Part VI - Cross-Cultural and Country-Specific Context and the Well-Being of Working Women: A Global Perspective -- Part VII - Epilogue -- Conclusion -- References -- Part II: Gender, Social Group Hierarchy, and Well-Being of Working Women -- 2: Workplace Discrimination and the Wellbeing of Minority Women: Overview, Prospects, and Implications -- Introduction -- Discrimination and Wellbeing in the Workplace -- Discrimination and Health Influences -- Resource Deficits and Illness Vulnerability -- Minority Women and Discrimination -- Tokenism and Stereotypes -- Workplace Harassment -- Minority Women, Discrimination and Wellbeing -- Organizational and Individual Interventions for Minority Women Wellbeing -- Organizational Level -- Individual Level -- Conclusion -- References -- 3: Fat Women Need Not Apply: Employment Weight Discrimination Against Women -- Fat Women Need Not Apply: Weight Discrimination in Employment Against Women -- Research on Weight Discrimination in Employment -- Perceived Employment Discrimination -- Weight-Related Wage Penalty -- Legal Protection -- Weight Prejudice -- Employer Justifications -- Practical Implications -- Future Research Directions -- Conclusion -- References -- 4: Countering Heteronormativity -- Lesbians and Wellbeing in the Workplace -- Introduction and Background -- Sexual Orientation and Research in the Organisational Context.
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Part I: Introduction; 1: Uncovering the Complexities of the Relationship Between Women and Well-Being in the Workplace: An Introduction; Part I - Introduction; Part II - Gender, Social Group Hierarchy, and Well-Being of Working Women; Part III - Women Leaders and Well-Being; Part IV - Professional Context and the Well-Being of Working Women; Part V - Public Policy, Organizational Policy and Societal Influences on the Well-Being of Working Women; Part VI - Cross-Cultural and Country-Specific Context and the Well-Being of Working Women: A Global Perspective; Part VII - Epilogue
    Description / Table of Contents: ConclusionReferences; Part II: Gender, Social Group Hierarchy, and Well-Being of Working Women ; 2: Workplace Discrimination and the Wellbeing of Minority Women: Overview, Prospects, and Implications; Introduction; Discrimination and Wellbeing in the Workplace; Discrimination and Health Influences; Resource Deficits and Illness Vulnerability; Minority Women and Discrimination; Tokenism and Stereotypes; Workplace Harassment; Minority Women, Discrimination and Wellbeing; Organizational and Individual Interventions for Minority Women Wellbeing; Organizational Level; Individual Level
    Description / Table of Contents: ConclusionReferences; 3: Fat Women Need Not Apply: Employment Weight Discrimination Against Women; Fat Women Need Not Apply: Weight Discrimination in Employment Against Women; Research on Weight Discrimination in Employment; Perceived Employment Discrimination; Weight-Related Wage Penalty; Legal Protection; Weight Prejudice; Employer Justifications; Practical Implications; Future Research Directions; Conclusion; References; 4: Countering Heteronormativity; Lesbians and Wellbeing in the Workplace; Introduction and Background
    Description / Table of Contents: Sexual Orientation and Research in the Organisational Context Queer Performance and Lesbian Identity; Experiences of Butch Lesbians in Negotiating Identity in the Interview Context; Intersectionality; Conclusions and Directions for Further Research; Suggested Further Reading; References; 5: "Women Like You Keep Women Like Me Down": Understanding Intergenerational Conflict and Work-Life Balance from a Discourse Perspective; A Communication Perspective; Work-Life Balance; Life Cycle Theory; Generational Differences Around Work-Life Balance
    Description / Table of Contents: Deconstructing Intergenerational Discord: Preliminary FindingsRevisiting the Context for Conflict: The Gendered Workplace; Expanding the Research Agenda for Work-Life; Rethinking Intergenerational Conflict as Rejection of the Gendered Workplace; Self-Employment; A Partial Return to the Workforce; Rejection of Current Workplace; Conclusion; References; 6: Sexual Harassment: Undermining the Wellbeing of Working Women; Definitions of Sexual Harassment; United States Legal Definition; Legal Definitions Across National Contexts; Definitions in Social Science
    Description / Table of Contents: Prevalence of Sexual Harassment
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401799096
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xx, 210 pages) , color illustrations
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Parallel Title: Print version Couple Resilience : Emerging Perspectives
    DDC: 306.8
    RVK:
    Keywords: Resilience (Personality trait) ; Couples Psychology ; Quality of Life_xResearch ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This distinctive volume expands our understanding of couple resilience by identifying and exploring specific mechanisms unique to intimate relationships that facilitate positive adaptation to life challenges. Committed partnerships represent a unique form of relational alliance that offers an opportunity and challenge to go beyond the self - to develop as individuals and as a relationship. The contributors to this volume represent a range of perspectives that integrate conventional relationship science and innovative empirical and theoretical work on the importance of meaning-making, narrative construction, intersubjectivity, forgiveness, and positive emotion in couple life. The volume also offers a unique anchor point - 'We-ness' as it relates to the intersection between shared, and personal identity and well-being. Under-examined relational contexts such as resilience among LGBT partners and sexual resilience during illness adds further refinement of thought and application
    Description / Table of Contents: Couple resilience and we-nessResilience in couples : a view of the landscape / Karen Skerret -- Theoretical and methodological underpinnings of resilience in couples : locating the "we" / Karen Fergus -- Resilient processes and applications to specific populations -- Resilience in lesbians and gay couples / Arlene Istar Lev -- Sexual resilience in couples / Andrea M. Beck and John W. Robinson -- Dyadic adaptation to chronic illness : the importance of considering context in understanding couples' resilience / Kristi E. Gamarel and Tracey A. Revenson -- Relationships and the neurobiology of resilience / Brent J. Atkinson -- Investigations into facets of couple resilience -- Mutuality and the marital engagement-type of union scale [me to us] : empirical support for a clinical instrument in couple therapy / Jefferson A. Singer, Beate Labunko, Nicole Alea, and Jenna L. Baddeley -- Identification with the relationship as essential to marital resilience : theory, applications and evidence / David W. Reid and Saunia Ahmed -- "We-ness" in relationship defining memories and marital satisfaction / Nicole Alea, Jefferson A. Singer, and Beate Labunko -- Forgiveness : a route to healing emotional injuries and building resiliency / Catalina Woldarsky Meneses and Leslie S. Greenberg -- Looking back, moving forward -- Resilient couple coping revisited : building relationship muscle / Karen Fergus and Karen Skerrett.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401799607
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , color illustrations
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Knowledge and space / Klause Tschira symposia volume 7
    Series Statement: Knowledge and Space Ser. v.7
    Parallel Title: Print version Geographies of Knowledge and Power
    DDC: 306.4/2
    Keywords: Geography Social aspects ; Power (Social sciences) ; Knowledge, Sociology of ; Industrial management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Interest in relations between knowledge, power, and space has a long tradition in a range of disciplines, but it was reinvigorated in the last two decades through critical engagement with Foucault and Gramsci. This volume focuses on relations between knowledge and power. It shows why space is fundamental in any exercise of power and explains which roles various types of knowledge play in the acquisition, support, and legitimization of power. Topics include the control and manipulation of knowledge through centers of power in historical contexts, the geopolitics of knowledge about world politic
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; 1: Power, Knowledge, and Space: A Geographical Introduction; References; 2: Relations Between Knowledge and Power: An Overview of Research Questions and Concepts; No Power Without Knowledge, No Knowledge Without Power; Factual Knowledge and Orientation Knowledge: Differences Between Logos and Mythos; Factual Knowledge; Orientation Knowledge; Conceptions and Definitions of Power and Their Relationship to Knowledge; How Can Power Be Conceptualized and Defined?; How Can Relations Between Knowledge and Power Be Conceptualized and Explained?
    Description / Table of Contents: Asymmetry of Power Relations Can Factual Knowledge Be Clearly Differentiated from Orientation Knowledge?; Factual Knowledge and Power; Functions of Factual Knowledge in Acquiring and Retaining Power; The Search for Absolute Truth or Getting on in the Life World?; Orientation Knowledge and Power; What Functions Does Orientation Knowledge Have for a Social System?; The Role of Orientation Knowledge in the Construction of the Self and the Other; Orientation Knowledge and Moral Exclusion; With Which Methods Do Power Centers Influence the Creation and Spread of Knowledge?
    Description / Table of Contents: Manipulation of Epistemic Perspectives Control of Access to Information, Censorship of Information, Bibliocide, and Memorycide,; Manipulation of Public Attention; Subjectivity and Credibility of Experts; Crisis of Expertise?; Scholars as Instruments of Politics; Conclusion; References; 3: Enabling Knowledge; Knowledgeability and Democracy; Overview; The Terms; Theories of Democracy and Civil Society; Reconciling Democracy and Expertise; Reconciling Democracy and Knowledge as Property; Enabling Knowledge?; Concluding Remarks; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 4: Gabriel's Map: Cartography and Corpography in Modern WarI Would Rather Be in France . . .; The Optical War and Cartographic Vision; "Clockwork War" and the Mathematics of the Battlefield; The Corpography of the Slimescape; Conclusion; Coda; References; 5: Telling the Future: Reflections on the Status of Divination in Ancient Near Eastern Politics; References; 6: Who Gets the Past? The Changing Face of Islamic Authority and Religious Knowledge; Competing Claims to Authoritative Religious Knowledge; Public Islam and the Common Good; Public Islam and Modernity
    Description / Table of Contents: Religious and Secular Identities Authorities and Audiences; References; 7: "An Heavenly Kingdom Shall Descend": How Millennialism Spread from New England to the United States of America; Introduction; New England as a Millennial Seedbed; The Impact of the Great Awakening; The Apocalyptic Interpretation of American Wars; The United States as the Apocalyptic "New Order of the Ages"; Conclusion; References; 8: The Power of Words and the Tides of History: Reflections on Man and Nature and Silent Spring; Man and Nature: A Book and Its Reception; Man and Nature: The Fate and Power of Words
    Description / Table of Contents: Silent Spring: The Fate and Power of Words
    Note: "Klaus Tschira Stiftung gemeinnützige GmbH"--Cover , Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    ISBN: 9789401795050
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 online resource)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Parallel Title: Print version Research in Early Childhood Science Education
    DDC: 372.35
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching (Preschool) ; Science ; Study and teaching (Early childhood) ; Science ; Study and teaching (Early childhood) ; Research ; Electronic books
    Abstract: This book emphasizes the significance of teaching science in early childhood classrooms, reviews the research on what young children are likely to know about science and provides key points on effectively teaching science to young children. Science education, an integral part of national and state standards for early childhood classrooms, encompasses not only content-based instruction but also process skills, creativity, experimentation and problem-solving. By introducing science in developmentally appropriate ways, we can support young children's sensory explorations of their world and provi
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Contents; Chapter 1: The Inclusion of Science in Early Childhood Classrooms; Science and the Early Childhood Years; Purpose and Rationale; Organization of Chapters; Closure; References; Chapter 2: Young Children's Motivation for Learning Science; Conceptualizing Motivation and Theoretical Frameworks; Children's Science Motivation During Preschool and the Early Grades; Children's Curiosity and Questions About Science; Children's Interest in Science Activities; Children's Motivational Beliefs About Learning Science; Changes in Science Motivation from the Early to Later Grades
    Description / Table of Contents: Experiences Shape Children's Motivation for Learning ScienceFew Opportunities to Engage in Meaningful Science; Low Disciplinary Integrity of Science Lessons; Science Is Often Not Recognizable in Science Lessons; Declines in Science Motivation and Misunderstanding the Nature of Science Are Not Inevitable; Measuring Young Children's Science Motivation; Methodological Approaches; Methodological Concerns; Methodological and Theoretical Advancements Needed for Research of Young Children's Science Motivation; Relevance of Science Motivation Research to Classroom Teaching Practices
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 3: Young Children's Ideas About Earth and Space Science Concepts; Earth Science Concepts; Rain and Clouds (Mechanism of Rain Fall); Wind; Thunder and Lightning; Summaries of Children's Understanding of Earth Science Concepts; Space Science Concepts; Shape of the Earth; Day and Night Cycle; Seasons; Lunar Concepts; Summaries of Children's Understanding of Space Science Concepts; Directions for Future Research; References; Chapter 4: Young Children's Ideas About Physical Science Concepts; Reviewing the Research Literature; Young Children' Ideas About Matter
    Description / Table of Contents: Young Children' Ideas About Heat and Temperature Young Children' Ideas About Evaporation, Condensation and the Water Cycle; Young Children' Ideas About Forces and Motion; Young Children' Ideas About Floating and Sinking; Young Children' Ideas About Electricity; Young Children' Ideas About Light; Perspectives and Frameworks Guiding Research; The Research Methodologies; Evidence of Effectiveness of Intervention Studies; Implications for Classroom Practices; Directions for Future Research; References; Chapter 5: Children's Ideas About Life Science Concepts; Theoretical Frameworks
    Description / Table of Contents: Young Children's Ideas of Life Science Concepts Children's Conceptions of the Distinction Between Living and Non-living; Children's Conceptions of Growth and Development; Young Children's Conceptions of Germs and Contagions; Young Children's Conceptions of Plants and Animals; Research Methods Used to Elicit Young Children's Understandings; Recommendations for Future Research; Implications for Teaching; References; Chapter 6: Too Little, Too Late: Addressing Nature of Science in Early Childhood Education; Introduction; What Is the Nature of Science, and Why Teach It?
    Description / Table of Contents: Developmentally Appropriate Nature of Science for Early Childhood Years
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401791069
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 175 p. 5 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 116
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Sedation at the end-of-life
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Public health ; Public health laws ; Philosophy ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Public health ; Public health laws ; Sterben ; Sedierung ; Palliativmedizin ; Recht ; Bioethik ; Moraltheologie
    Abstract: The book’s main contribution is its interdisciplinary approach to the issue of sedation at the end-of-life. Because it occurs at the end of life, palliative sedation raises a number of important ethical and legal questions, including whether it is a covert form of euthanasia and for what purposes it may legally be used. Many of the book chapters address the first question and almost all deal with a specific form of the second: whether palliative sedation should be used for those experiencing “existential suffering”? This raises the question of what existential suffering is, a topic that is also discussed in the book. The different chapters address these issues from the perspectives of the relevant disciplines: Palliative Medicine, Bioethics, Law and Theology. Hence, helpful accounts of the clinical and historical background for this issue are provided and the importance of drawing accurate ethical and legal distinctions is stressed throughout the whole book. So the volume represents a valuable contribution to the emerging literature on this topic and should be helpful across a broad spectrum of readers: philosophers, theologians and physicians
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400747074
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXII, 1850 p. 31 illus., 20 illus. in color. eReference, online ressource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Clausen, Jens, 1969 - Handbook of neuroethics
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences ; Philosophy ; Public health laws ; Ethics ; Neurology ; Life sciences ; Medical laws and legislation. ; Ethik ; Hirnforschung ; Neurowissenschaften
    Abstract: Neuroethics - as a multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary endeavor - examines the implications of the neurosciences on human beings in general and on their self-understanding and their social interactions in particular. The range of approaches adopted in neuroethics includes but is not limited to historical, anthropological, ethical, philosophical, theological, sociological and legal approaches. Based on the study of neuroscientific developments and innovations, examined from different angles, this Handbook provides a comprehensive overview of the international neuroethical debate, and offers unprecedented insights into the impact of neuroscientific research, diagnosis, and therapy. This Handbook deals with a plethora of topics divided into in three parts: the first part contains discussions of theories of neuroethics, identity, free will, as well as other philosophical considerations. The second part is dedicated to issues involved in current and future clinical applications of neurosciences, such as brain stimulation, brain imaging, prosthetics, addiction, and psychiatric ethics. The final part deals with neuroethics and society and includes chapters on neurolaw, neurotheology, neuromarketing, and enhancement
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401794480
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 191 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Sophia Studies in Cross-cultural Philosophy of Traditions and Cultures 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Politics of religion - religions of politics
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Religion (General) ; Konferenzschrift XX.02.2010 ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Politik ; Religion ; Religionspolitik ; Religionsphilosophie
    Abstract: The liberal enlightenment as well as the more radical left have both traditionally opposed religion as a reactionary force in politics, a view culminating in an identification of the politics of religion as fundamentalist theocracy. But recently a number of thinkers-Agamben, Badiou, Tabues and in particular Simon Critchley-have begun to explore a more productive engagement of the religious and the political in which religion features as a possible or even necessary form of human emancipation. The papers in this collection, deriving from a workshop held on and with Simon Critchley at the University of Texas at San Antonio in February 2010, take up the ways in which religion’s encounter with politics transforms not only politics but also religion itself, molding it into various religions of politics, including not just heretical religious metaphysics, but also what Critchley describes as non-metaphysical religion, the faith of the faithless. Starting from Critchley’s own genealogy of Pauline faith, the articles in this collection explore and defend some of the religions of politics and their implications. Costica Bradatan teases out the implications of Critchley’s substitution of humor for tragedy as the vehicle for the minimal self-distancing required for any politics. Jill Stauffer compares Critchley’s non-metaphysical religiosity with Charles Taylor’s account of Christianity. Alistair Welchman unpacks the political theology of the border in terms of god’s timeless act of creation. Anne O’Byrne explores the subtle dialectic between mores and morality in Rousseau’s political ethics. Roland Champagne sees a kind non-metaphysical religion in Arendt’s category of the political pariah. Davide Panagia presents Critchley’s ethics of exposure as the basis for a non-metaphysical political bond. Philip Quadrio wonders about the political ramifications of Critchley’s own ‘mystical anarchism’ and Tina Chanter re-reads the primal site in the Western tradition at which the political and the religious intersect, the Antigone story, side-stepping philosophical interpretations of the story (dominated by Hegel’s reading) by means of a series of post-colonial re-imaginings of the play. The collection concludes with an interview with Simon Critchley taking up the themes of the workshop in the light of more recent political events: the Arab Spring and the rise and fall of the Occupy movement
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401790635
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 302 p. 13 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research 115
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. From sky and earth to metaphysics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Phenomenology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kosmologie ; Phänomenologie ; Weltall ; Mensch ; Literatur ; Kunst ; Phänomenologie
    Abstract: This is an exceptional volume which expands upon the World Phenomenology Institute’s recent research: the study of the beautiful intertwining of the skies and the cosmos with the human pursuits of philosophy, literature and the arts. The relationship of humans to the cosmos is examined through the exploration of phenomenology, metaphysics and the arts. The authors of this volume write on a variety of topics which all seek to open the reader’s eyes to the relationship of humans and our perception of our place in the cosmos. This volume offers a framework in which to present a rich panorama; a variety of perspectives illustrating how the perception of the interplay between human beings and the celestial realm advances in common experience and worldviews. This attempt to uncover our cosmic position is a great and worthwhile intellectual challenge. Philosophy as well as literature and the arts are nourished by this human quest for knowledge and understanding
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401795791
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVIII, 1224 p. 120 illus, online resource)
    Edition: 2nd ed. 2015
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 119
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Sadegh-Zadeh, Kazem Handbook of analytic philosophy and medicine
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medicine ; Bioinformatics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medicine ; Bioinformatics
    Abstract: Medical practice is practiced morality, and clinical research belongs to normative ethics. The present book elucidates and advances this thesis by: 1. analyzing the structure of medical language, knowledge, and theories; 2. inquiring into the foundations of the clinical encounter; 3. introducing the logic and methodology of clinical decision-making, including artificial intelligence in medicine; 4. suggesting comprehensive theories of organism, life, and psyche; of health, illness, and disease; of etiology, diagnosis, prognosis, prevention, and therapy; and 5. investigating the moral and metaphysical issues central to medical practice and research. Many systems of (classical, modal, non-classical, probability, and fuzzy) logic are introduced and applied. Fuzzy medical deontics, fuzzy medical ontology, fuzzy medical concept formation, fuzzy medical decision-making and biomedicine and many other techniques of fuzzification in medicine are introduced for the first time
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Preface to the Second Edition; Preface to the First Edition; Contents; Introduction; 0.1 A Fresh Start; 0.2 The Objective; 0.3 The Subject; 0.4 Methods of Inquiry; 0.5 How to Read this Book; Part I The Language of Medicine; 1 The Epistemic Impact of Medical Language; 1.0 Introduction; 1.1 Types of Knowledge; 1.2 Propositional Knowledge; 1.3 Propositions and Facts; 1.4 Medical Sentences and Statements; 1.5 Medical Concepts; 1.6 How to Care About our Medical Concepts?; 1.7 Summary; 2 The Syntax and Semantics of Medical Language; 2.0 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Medical Language is an Extended Natural Language2.2 What a Medical Term Means; 2.3 Ambiguity; 2.4 Vagueness; 2.4.1 The Nature of Vagueness; 2.4.2 The Sorites Paradox; 2.4.3 Varieties of Vagueness; 2.5 Clarity and Precision; 2.6 Semantic Nihilism; 2.7 Summary; 3 The Pragmatics of Medical Language; 3.0 Introduction; 3.1 The So-Called Language Games; 3.2 Assertion, Acceptance, and Rejection; 3.3 Speech Acts in Medicine; 3.3.1 Constatives; 3.3.2 Performatives; 3.4 The Pragmatic Impact of Medical Language; 3.5 The Communal Origin of Medical Language; 3.6 Summary; 4 Medical Linguistics
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.0 Introduction4.1 What Medical Linguistics is; 4.2 Vocabularies; 4.3 Medical Terminologies; 4.3.1 Medical Nomenclatures; Anatomical nomenclatures; Nosological nomenclatures; 4.3.2 International Classification of Diseases (ICD); 4.3.3 Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine (SNOMED); 4.3.4 GALEN, GRAIL, UMLS, MeSH, et al.; 4.4 Summary; 5 Varieties of Medical Concepts; 5.0 Introduction; 5.1 Qualitative, Comparative, and Quantitative Concepts; 5.1.1 Individual Concepts; 5.1.2 Qualitative Concepts; 5.1.3 Comparative Concepts; 5.1.4 Quantitative Concepts; 5.2 Dispositional Terms in Medicine
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 Linguistic and Numerical Variables in Medicine5.4 Non-Classical; 5.5 Summary; 6Fundamentals of Medical Concept Formation; 6.0 Introduction; 6.1 What a Definition is; 6.2 What Role a Definition Plays; 6.3 Methods of Definition; 6.3.1 Explicit Definition; 6.3.2 Conditional Definition; 6.3.3 Operational Definition; 6.3.4 Definition by Cases; 6.3.5 Recursive Definition; 6.3.6 Set-Theoretical Definition; 6.3.7 Ostensive Definition; 6.4 What an Explication is; 6.4.1 What: Quod; 6.4.2 Is; 6.5 Summary; Part II Medical Praxiology; 7The Patient; 7.0 Introduction; 7.1 The Suffering Individual
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2 The Bio-Psycho-Social Agent7.2.0 Introduction; 7.2.1 The Living Body; 7.2.2 The Psyche; 7.2.3 The Social Agent; 7.2.4 Summary; 7.3 Health, Illness, and Disease; 7.3.0 Introduction; 7.3.1 Disease; 7.3.2 Health; 7.3.3 Illness; 7.3.4 Disease, Health, and Illness Violate Classical Logic; 7.3.5 Summary; 7.4 Systems of Disease; 7.4.0 Introduction; 7.4.1 Symptomatology; 7.4.2 Nosological Systems; 7.4.3 Pathology; 7.4.4 Nosological Spaces; 7.4.5 Summary; 7.5 Etiology; 7.5.0 Introduction; 7.5.1 Cause and Causation; 7.5.2 Deterministic Etiology; 7.5.3 Probabilistic Etiology; 7.5.4 Fuzzy Etiology
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.5.5 Summary
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9789401799560
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 176 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: The New Synthese Historical Library, Texts and Studies in the History of Philosophy 74
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Leibniz's metaphysics and adoption of substantial forms
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 ; Metaphysik
    Abstract: This anthology is about the signal change in Leibniz’s metaphysics with his explicit adoption of substantial forms in 1678-79. This change can either be seen as a moment of discontinuity with his metaphysics of maturity or as a moment of continuity, such as a passage to the metaphysics from his last years. Between the end of his sejour at Paris (November 1676) and the first part of the Hanover period, Leibniz reformed his dynamics and began to use the theory of corporeal substance. This book explores a very important part of the philosophical work of the young Leibniz. Expertise from around the globe is collated here, including Daniel Garber’s work based on the recent publication of Leibniz's correspondence from the late 1690s, examining how the theory of monads developed during these crucial years. Richard Arthur argues that the introduction of substantial forms, reinterpreted as enduring primitive forces of action in each corporeal substance, allows Leibniz to found the reality of the phenomena of motion in force, and thus avoid reducing motion to a mere appearance. Amongst other themes covered in this book, Pauline Phemister’s paper investigates Leibniz’s views on animals and plants, highlighting changes, modifications and elaborations over time of Leibniz’s views and supporting arguments and paying particular attention to his claim that the future is already contained in the seeds of living things. The editor, Adrian Nita, contributes a paper on the continuity or discontinuity of Leibniz’s work on the question of the unity and identity of substance from the perspective of the relation with soul (anima) and mind (mens)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    ISBN: 9789401791908
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 329 p. 4 illus., 3 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Environmental, Agricultural and Food Ethics 22
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Re-thinking organic food and farming in a changing world
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Sustainable development ; Quality of Life Research ; Philosophy ; Biologische Landwirtschaft ; Biologisches Lebensmittel ; Ethik ; Biologische Landwirtschaft ; Biologisches Lebensmittel ; Ethik
    Abstract: This book is based on the assumption that “organic has lost its way”. Paradoxically, it comes at a time when we witness the continuing of growth in organic food production and markets around the world. Yet, the book claims that organic has lost sight of its first or fundamental philosophical principles and ontological assumptions. The collection offers empirically grounded discussions that address the principles and fundamental assumptions of organic farming and marketing practices. The book draws attention to the core principles of organic and offers different clearly articulated and well-defined conceptual frameworks that offer new insights into organic practices. Divided into five parts, the book presents new perspectives on enduring issues, examines standards and certification, gives insights into much-discussed and additional market and consumer issues, and reviews the interplay of organic and conventional farming. The book concludes with a framework for rethinking ethics in the organic movement and reflections on the positioning of organic ethics
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401798709
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 323 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 120
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Medicine and society, new perspectives in continental philosophy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; medicine Philosophy ; Medicine ; Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Medizinische Ethik ; Philosophie ; Medizin
    Abstract: This volume addresses some of the most prominent questions in contemporary bioethics and philosophy of medicine: ‘liberal’ eugenics, enhancement, the normal and the pathological, the classification of mental illness, the relation between genetics, disease and the political sphere, the experience of illness and disability, and the sense of the subject of bioethical inquiry itself. All of these issues are addressed from a “continental” perspective, drawing on a rich tradition of inquiry into these questions in the fields of phenomenology, philosophical hermeneutics, French epistemology, critical theory and post-structuralism. At the same time, the contributions engage with the Anglo-American debate, resulting in a fruitful and constructive conversation that not only shows the depth and breadth of continental perspectives in bioethics and medicine, but also opens new avenues of discussion and exploration. For decades European philosophers have offered important insights into the relation between the practices of medicine, the concept of illness, and society more broadly understood. These interventions have generally striven to be both historically nuanced and accessible to non-experts. From Georges Canguilhem’s seminal The Normal and the Pathological, Michel Foucault’s lectures on madness, sexuality, and biopolitics, Hans Jonas’s deeply thoughtful essays on the right to die, life extension, and ethics in a technological age, Hans-Georg Gadamer’s lectures on The Enigma of Health, and more recently Jürgen Habermas’s carefully nuanced interventions on the question of liberal eugenics, these thinkers have sought to engage the wider public as much as their fellow philosophers on questions of paramount importance to current bioethical and social-political debate. The essays contained here continue this tradition of engagement and accessibility. In the best practices of European philosophy, the contributions in this volume aim to engage with and stimulate a broad spectrum of readers, not just experts. In doing so the volume offers a showcase of the richness and rigor of continental perspectives on medicine and society.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401797566
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 218 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Additional Information: Rezensiert in Hess, Kendy M. The Fallacy of Corporate Moral Agency, by David Rönnegard. Dordrecht: Springer, 2015. 218 pp. ISBN 978-94-017-9756-6 2016
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 44
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics ; Philosophy
    Abstract: It is uncontroversial that corporations are legal agents that can be held legally responsible, but can corporations also be moral agents that are morally responsible? Part one of this book explicates the most prominent theories of corporate moral agency and provides a detailed debunking of why corporate moral agency is a fallacy. This implies that talk of corporate moral responsibilities, beyond the mere metaphorical, is essentially meaningless. Part two takes the fallacy of corporate moral agency as its premise and spells out its implications. It shows how prominent normative theories within Corporate Social Responsibility, such as Stakeholder Theory and Social Contract Theory, rest on an implicit assumption of corporate moral agency. In this metaphysical respect such theories are untenable. In order to provide a more robust metaphysical foundation for corporations the book explicates the development of the corporate legal form in the US and UK, which displays how the corporation has come to have its current legal attributes. This historical evolution shows that the corporation is a legal fiction created by the state in order to serve both public and private goals. The normative implication for corporate accountability is that citizens of democratic states ought to primarily make calls for legal enactments in order to hold the corporate legal instruments accountable to their preferences
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    ISBN: 9789401796644
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 210 p. 27 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Archimedes, New Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology 41
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. G. W. Leibniz, interrelations between mathematics and philosophy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science History ; Philosophy (General) ; Science, general ; Wissenschaft ; Mathematik ; Philosophie ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Up to now there have been scarcely any publications on Leibniz dedicated to investigating the interrelations between philosophy and mathematics in his thought. In part this is due to the previously restricted textual basis of editions such as those produced by Gerhardt. Through recent volumes of the scientific letters and mathematical papers series of the Academy Edition scholars have obtained a much richer textual basis on which to conduct their studies - material which allows readers to see interconnections between his philosophical and mathematical ideas which have not previously been manifested. The present book draws extensively from this recently published material. The contributors are among the best in their fields. Their commissioned papers cover thematically salient aspects of the various ways in which philosophy and mathematics informed each other in Leibniz's thought
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    ISBN: 9789401788878
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 211 p. 2 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Classification, disease and evidence
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Medicine ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Medizin ; Philosophie
    Abstract: This anthology of essays presents a sample of studies from recent philosophy of medicine addressing issues which attempt to answer very general (interdependent) questions: (a) what is a disease and what is health? (b) How do we (causally) explain diseases? (c) And how do we distinguish diseases, i.e. define classes of diseases and recognize that an instance X of disease belongs to a given class B? (d) How do we assess and choose cure/ therapy? The book is divided into three sections: classification, disease, and evidence. In general, attention is focused on statistics in medicine and epidemiology, issues in psychiatry, and connecting medicine with evolutionary biology and genetics. Many authors position the theories that they address within their historical contexts. The nature of health and disease will be addressed in several essays that also touch upon very general questions about the definition of medicine and its status. Several chapters scrutinize classification because of its centrality within philosophical problems raised by medicine and its core position in the philosophical questioning of psychiatry. Specificities of medical explanation have recently come under a new light, particularly because of the rise of statistical methods, and several chapters investigate these methods in specific contexts such as epidemiology or meta-analysis of random testing. Taken together this collection addresses the question of how we gather, use and assess evidence for various medical theories. The rich assortment of disciplines featured also includes epidemiology, parasitology, and public health, while technical aspects such as the application of game theory to medical research and the misuse of the DSM in forensic psychiatry are also given an airing. The book addresses more than the construction of medical knowledge, however, adding cogent appraisal of the processes of decision making in medicine and the protocols used to justify therapeutic choices
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401798372
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXIV, 221 p. 19 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Moreno, Alvaro Biological autonomy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Biological models ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Biologie ; Philosophie ; Systembiologie ; Biologisches Modell
    Abstract: Since Darwin, Biology has been framed on the idea of evolution by natural selection, which has profoundly influenced the scientific and philosophical comprehension of biological phenomena and of our place in Nature. This book argues that contemporary biology should progress towards and revolve around an even more fundamental idea, that of autonomy. Biological autonomy describes living organisms as organised systems, which are able to self-produce and self-maintain as integrated entities, to establish their own goals and norms, and to promote the conditions of their existence through their interactions with the environment. Topics covered in this book include organisation and biological emergence, organisms, agency, levels of autonomy, cognition, and a look at the historical dimension of autonomy. The current development of scientific investigations on autonomous organisation calls for a theoretical and philosophical analysis. This can contribute to the elaboration of an original understanding of life - including human life - on Earth, opening new perspectives and enabling fecund interactions with other existing theories and approaches. This book takes up the challenge
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    ISBN: 9789401798228
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 438 p. 52 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Braillard, Pierre-Alain Explanation in biology
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy
    Abstract: Patterns of explanation in biology have long been recognized as different from those deployed in other scientific disciplines, especially physics. Celebrating the diversity of explanatory models found in biology, this volume details their varying types as well as their relationships to one another. It covers the key current debates in the philosophy of biology over the nature of explanation, and its apparent diversity that stems from a variety of historical, causal, mechanistic, or mathmatical explanatory practices. Offering a wealth of fresh analyses on the nature of explanation in contemporary biology chapters examine aspects ranging from the role of mathematics in explaining cell development to the complexities thrown up by evolutionary-developmental biology, where explanation is altered by multidisciplinarity itself. They cover major domains such as ecology and systems biology, as well as contemporary trends, such as the mechanistic explanations spawned by progress in molecular biology. With contributions from researchers of many different nationalities, the book provides a many-angled perspective on a revealing feature of the discipline of biology
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048129270
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 569 p. 10 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Dao companion to Daoist philosophy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Regional planning ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Regional planning ; Religion (General) ; Taoismus ; Philosophie
    Abstract: This is the first comprehensive companion to the study of Daoism as a philosophical tradition. It provides a general overview of Daoist philosophy in various thinkers and texts from 6th century BCE to 5th century CE and reflects the latest academic developments in the field. It discusses theoretical and philosophical issues based on rigorous textual and historical investigations and examinations, reflecting both the ancient scholarship and modern approaches and methodologies. The themes include debates on the origin of the Daoism, the authorship and dating of the Laozi, the authorship and classification of chapters in the Zhuangzi, the themes and philosophical arguments in the Laozi and the Zhuangzi, their transformations and developments in Pre-Qin, Han, and Wei-Jin periods, by Huang-Lao school, Heguanzi, Wenzi, Huainanzi, Wang Bi, Guo Xiang, and Worthies in bamboo grove, among others. Each chapter is written by expert(s) and specialist(s) on the topic discussed
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401794046
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1000 pages)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Parallel Title: Print version International Handbook of Semiotics
    DDC: 302.2
    Keywords: Semiotics ; Semiotics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This book provides an extensive overview and analysis of current work on semiotics that is being pursued globally in the areas of literature, the visual arts, cultural studies, media, the humanities, natural sciences and social sciences. Semiotics-also known as structuralism-is one of the major theoretical movements of the 20th century and its influence as a way to conduct analyses of cultural products and human practices has been immense. This is a comprehensive volume that brings together many otherwise fragmented academic disciplines and currents, uniting them in the framework of semiotic
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Contributors; Chapter-1; Apologia; Part I; Historical and Conceptual Foundations of Semiotics; Chapter-2; Semiotics "Today": The Twentieth-Century Founding and Twenty-First-Century Prospects; 2.1 Preliminary Overview; 2.2 Outline of the Framework; 2.2.1 Standpoint of the Chapter; 2.2.2 Synchrony's Inevitable Seepage into Diachrony: The Historicity of Human Use of Signs; 2.2.3 The Nominalist Question; 2.2.4 The Actual Formation of a "Community of Inquirers" Focused on Signs; 2.3.1 The Initial Foundation Proposed in the Twentieth Century for a New "Science of Signs"
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2 The Challenge to Saussure's Stipulative Foundation2.3.3 Shifting the Semiotic Enterprise to an Adequate Foundation; 2.3.4 Remodeling Anthroposemiosis as the Human Use of Signs; 2.3.5 Furthering the Foundation: An Action of Signs Beyond the Animal Umwelt; 2.3.6 The Place of Peirce, After Poinsot, in Displacing the Pars Pro Toto Fallacy; 2.3.7 Setting the Record Straight on What Semiotics Is All About; 2.3.8 "Science" or "Doctrine" of Signs?; 2.3.9 Does the Action of Signs Reach Even Beyond the Land of the Living?; 2.3.10 Semiotics in the Twenty-First Century's Dawn: Sebeok's Shaping Role
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.11 After Sebeok and Beyond: Completing the Compass of Semiotic Understanding2.4 Projecting What We Have Learned About Interdisciplinarity: From 330 BC to c. AD 2075; 2.4.1 Tracing from Within the Present a Long Trajectory; 2.4.2 The Triangle of Words, Thoughts, and Things; 2.4.3 Premodern Background to Understanding the Triangle; 2.4.4 Modern Attempts to Semanticize the Triangle; 2.4.5 Aristotle's Caveat on the Need to Understand the Triangle Through "An Investigation Distinct" from Inquiries into Logic and Language
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.6 Causality and the Relationships Within and Constitutive of the Triangle2.4.6.1 Iconic dimension; 2.4.6.2 Symbolic dimension; 2.4.6.3 Indexical dimension as underlying; 2.4.6.4 Entanglement in language of culture with nature; 2.4.6.5 Primary modeling is not "langue"; 2.4.6.6 Diachrony preceding and succeeding "langue's" synchrony; 2.4.7 Brief Excursus on "Deconstruction"; 2.4.8 The Relationships Within and Constitutive of the Triangle; 2.4.8.1 The triangle side #1 between words and things; 2.4.8.2 "Common sense" and Saussure's model; 2.4.8.3 Other-representation vs. self-representation
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.8.4 "Common sense" again2.4.8.5 The hidden third; 2.4.8.6 The triadic relation; 2.4.8.7 "Common speech" vs. "Langue "; 2.4.8.8 The triangle side #2 between words and things; 2.4.8.9 Experience presupposed to discovering signs; 2.4.8.10 The ascent from sensation; 2.4.8.11 Interaction as produing sensation; 2.4.8.12 Triadicity within sensation; 2.4.8.13 The triangle side #3 between words and things; 2.4.8.14 Words as symptoms vs. words as symbols; 2.4.8.15 The symptom side; 2.4.8.16 The symbol side; 2.4.8.17 Words as manifesting subjectivity
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.8.18 Words as aiming to establish intersubjectivity
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    ISBN: 9789401794428
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 372 p. 4 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contributions To Phenomenology, In Cooperation with The Center for Advanced Research in Phenomenology 74
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Horizons of authenticity in phenomenology, existentialism, and moral psychology
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Humanities ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Phänomenologie ; Existenzialismus ; Existenzphilosophie ; Authentizität ; Ethik ; Moralpsychologie
    Abstract: This volume centers on the exploration of the ways in which the canonical texts and thinkers of the phenomenological and existential tradition can be utilized to address contemporary, concrete philosophical issues. In particular, the included essays address the key facets of the work of Charles Guignon, and as such, honor and extend his thought and approach to philosophy. To this end, the four main sections of the volume deal with the question of authenticity, i.e. what it means to be an authentic person, the ways in which the phenomenological and existential traditions can impact the sciences, how best to understand the fact of human mortality, and, finally, the ways philosophical reflection can help address current questions of value. The volume is designed primarily to serve as a secondary resource for students and specialists interested in rediscovering the practical application of existential and phenomenological thought. The collection of scholarly essays, then, could be used in conjunction with some of the more recent scholarship concerning the practical value of philosophy. Along with contributing to previous scholarship, the essays in this proposed volume attempt to update and expand the scope of phenomenological and existential inquiry
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    ISBN: 9789401797047
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 243 p. 2 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 43
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics ; Philosophy
    Abstract: This book offers different perspectives onHumanism as developed by Catholic Social Teaching, with a particular focus on its relevance in economics and business. The work is composed of three sections, covering what is meant by Christian Humanism, how it links with economic activity, and its practical relevance in the business world of today. Itreviewsthe historical development of Christian Humanism and discusses the arguments which justify it in the current cultural context and how it contributes to human development. The book argues that the current recognition of human dignity and the existence of innate human rights are both ultimately rooted in Christian Humanism. Itsets out the importance of the concept for economic activities, and how Christian Humanism can serve as a metaphysical foundation and ethical basis for a social market economy. Applying Christian Humanism to business leads to the centrality of the person in organizations and to seeing the company as a community of persons working together for the common good. Three thought-provoking case studies illustrate the wide-reaching positive impacts of applying Christian Humanism in the organization
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9789401790178
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 362 p, online resource)
    Edition: 2nd ed. 2015
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 58
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Mental health in South Asia
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Südasien ; Psychische Gesundheit ; Psychohygiene
    Abstract: This book tackles the issue of mental health legislation in South Asia. The first of its kind, it addresses an issue that is necessary for protecting the rights of people with mental disorders and serves as an essential text for reinforcing mental health policy in South Asia. it is a timely addition to our global understanding of mental health and how different regions address it.Asia is by far the largest continent in the world in terms of area with population exceeding 3.5 billion and has dozens of cultures, religions, languages and ethnic groups. As a result of its highly varied political systems, Asia also spawns a wide variety of health care systems including mental health care systems, often based on historical roots and at times colonial heritages. The people who suffer from mental or neurological disorders in the continent form a vulnerable section of society and often face stigma, discrimination and marginalization in all societies, and this increases the likelihood that their human rights will be violated
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    ISBN: 9789401793797
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 330 p. 25 illus., 19 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contributions To Phenomenology, In Cooperation with The Center for Advanced Research in Phenomenology 73
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Aesthetics and the embodied mind
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Aesthetics ; Phenomenology ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Cartesischer Dualismus ; Ästhetik
    Abstract: The project of naturalizing human consciousness/experience has made great technical strides (e.g., in mapping areas of brain activity), but has been hampered in many cases by its uncritical reliance on a dualistic “Cartesian” paradigm (though as some of the authors in the collection point out, assumptions drawn from Plato and from Kant also play a role). The present volume proposes a version of naturalism in aesthetics drawn from American pragmatism (above all from Dewey, but also from James and Peirce)-one primed from the start to see human beings not only as embodied, but as inseparable from the environment they interact with-and provides a forum for authors from diverse disciplines to address specific scientific and philosophical issues within the anti-dualistic framework considering aesthetic experience as a process of embodied meaning-making. Cross-disciplinary contributions come from leading researchers including Mark Johnson, Jim Garrison, Daniel D. Hutto, John T. Haworth, Luca F. Ticini, Beatriz Calvo-Merino. The volume covers pragmatist aesthetics, neuroaesthetics, enactive cognitive science, literary studies, psychology of aesthetics, art and design, sociology
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401793490
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 210 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in Philosophy, Religion and Public Life 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Aesthetics ; History ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy
    Abstract: This notable collection provides an interdisciplinary platform for prominent thinkers who have all made significant recent contributions to exploring the nexus of philosophy and narrative. It includes the latest assessments of several key positions in the current philosophical debate. These perspectives underpin a range of thematic strands exploring the influence of narrative on notions of selfhood, identity, temporal experience, and the emotions, among others. Drawing from the humanities, literature, history and religious studies as well as philosophy, the volume opens with papers on narrative intelligence and the relationship between narrative and agency. It features special sections of in-depth commentary on a range of topics. How, for example, do narrative and philosophical biography interact? Do celebrated biographical and autobiographical accounts of the lives of philosophers contribute to our understanding of their work? This new volume has a substantive remit that incorporates the intercultural religious view of philosophy’s links to narrative together with its many secular aspects. A valuable new resource for more advanced scholars in all its constituent disciplines, it represents a significant addition to the literature of this richly productive area of research
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    ISBN: 9789401794008
    Language: English
    Pages: VII, 178 S. , graph. Darst.
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Philipov, Dimiter Reproductive Decision-Making in a Macro-Micro Perspective
    DDC: 304.666
    Keywords: Family planning Decision making ; Social Sciences ; Demography ; Family ; Personality and Social Psychology ; Electronic books
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    ISBN: 9401786070 , 9789401786072
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in well-being and quality of life research
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Well-Being and Quality of Life Research Ser.
    Parallel Title: Print version Flourishing children
    DDC: 155.5180287
    Keywords: Developmental psychology ; Behavioral assessment of teenagers ; Adolescent psychology ; Behavioral assessment of teenagers.. ; Adolescent psychology.. ; Developmental psychology ; Electronic books
    Abstract: This volume presents the results of the Flourishing Children Project. The study addressed gaps in the research on indicators of positive development of adolescents. Such indicators are essential for the balanced and scientifically sound study of adolescents. Yet measures of many aspects of flourishing are not available, and when they do exist, they are rarely measured in a developmentally appropriate manner for adolescents. In addition, they are often too long for program evaluations and surveys, have not been tested on diverse populations, nor carefully validated as predictors of positive out
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Abstract; 1 Studying Aspects of Flourishing Among Adolescents; 1.1…Introduction to the Project; 1.1.1 Why Measure What Adolescents Need to Flourish?; 1.2…Overview of Project Activities; 1.2.1 Item Development and Review; 1.2.2 Cognitive Interviews; 1.2.3 Pilot Test; 1.2.4 Psychometric Work; 1.3…Conceptual Framework and Constructs; 1.4…Constructs; 1.4.1 Relationship Skills; 1.4.1.1 Empathy; 1.4.1.2 Social Competence; 1.4.2 Flourishing in Relationships; 1.4.2.1 Parent-Adolescent Relationship; 1.4.2.2 Peer Friendship; 1.4.3 Flourishing in School and Work
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4.3.1 Diligence and Reliability1.4.3.2 Educational Engagement; 1.4.3.3 Initiative Taking; 1.4.3.4 Thrift; 1.4.3.5 Trustworthiness and Integrity; 1.4.4 Helping Others to Flourish; 1.4.4.1 Altruism; 1.4.4.2 Generosity/Helping Family and Friends; 1.4.5 Environmental Stewardship; 1.4.5.1 Environmental Stewardship; 1.4.6 Personal Flourishing; 1.4.6.1 Forgiveness; 1.4.6.2 Goal Orientation; 1.4.6.3 Gratitude; 1.4.6.4 Hope; 1.4.6.5 Life Satisfaction; 1.4.6.6 Purpose; 1.4.6.7 Spirituality; References; 2 Cognitive Interviews: Designing Survey Questions for Adolescents; 2.1…Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.1 Rationale for Cognitive Testing2.1.2 What is Cognitive Interviewing?; 2.1.3 Research on Developing Survey Questions for Adolescents; 2.1.4 Research on Surveying with Parents as Proxy Reporters; 2.1.5 Best Practices for Survey-Item Development; 2.2…Method; 2.2.1 Recruitment; 2.2.2 Sample; 2.2.3 Study Design; 2.2.4 Study Procedures; 2.2.5 Protocols; 2.2.6 Data Analysis; 2.3…Results; 2.3.1 Lesson 1: Reference Groups; 2.3.2 Lesson 2: Construct Selection; 2.3.3 Lesson 3: Clarity of Items; 2.3.4 Lesson 4: Item Salience; 2.3.5 Lesson 5: Parent Reports; 2.3.6 Lesson 6: Response Variability
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.7 Lesson 7: Developing Congruent Response Options2.4…Discussion; References; 3 Pilot Study and Psychometric Analyses; 3.1…Pilot Study Introduction; 3.1.1 Recruitment; 3.1.2 Procedures; 3.1.3 Incentives; 3.1.4 Survey; 3.2…Psychometric Analyses; 3.2.1 Overview of Psychometric Analyses; 3.2.2 Subgroups; 3.2.3 Construct Validity; 3.3…Results; 3.3.1 Relationship Skills; 3.3.1.1 Empathy; 3.3.1.2 Social Competence; 3.3.2 Flourishing in Relationships; 3.3.2.1 Parent-Adolescent Relationship; 3.3.2.2 Peer Friendship; 3.3.3 Flourishing in School and Work; 3.3.3.1 Diligence and Reliability
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.3.2 Educational Engagement3.3.3.3 Initiative Taking; 3.3.3.4 Thrift; 3.3.3.5 Trustworthiness and Integrity; 3.3.4 Helping Others to Flourish; 3.3.4.1 Altruism; 3.3.4.2 Generosity/Helping Family and Friends; 3.3.5 Environmental Stewardship; 3.3.5.1 Environmental Stewardship; 3.3.6 Personal Flourishing; 3.3.6.1 Forgiveness; 3.3.6.2 Goal Orientation; 3.3.6.3 Gratitude; 3.3.6.4 Hope; 3.3.6.5 Life Satisfaction; 3.3.6.6 Purpose; 3.3.6.7 Spirituality; 3.4…Discussion; 3.5…Conclusions; References
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    ISBN: 9789400770638
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (104 p)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Springerbriefs in History of Science and Technology
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in History of Science and Technology Ser.
    Parallel Title: Print version The Machines of Sex Research : Technology and the Politics of Identity, 1945-1985
    DDC: 306.7072
    Keywords: Sexology ; Research ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: The Machines of Sex Research describes how researchers worldwide integrated technology into studies of human sexuality in the postwar era. The machines they invented made new ways of seeing bodies possible. Some researchers who studied men used machines like penile strain gauges to police ""deviant"" male sexuality; others used less painful devices like penis-cameras to study women's sexual responses and map the physiology of their arousal and orgasm. While researchers used the findings from their technological innovations to propose their own views of how people should view their bodies and s
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgments; Contents; 1 The Machines of Sex Research; Abstract; Chapter Overview; Theoretical Background; Historical Background; References; 2 The Penile Strain Gauge and Aversion Therapy: Measuring and Fixing the Sexual Body; Abstract; Historical Background; The Sex Research Laboratory; Aversion Therapy; Resistance; Conclusion; 3 The Couples Laboratory and the Penis-Camera: Seeking the Source of Orgasm; Abstract; The Visible Body in the Laboratory; What the Machines Discovered about the Sexual Body; Criticizing the Mechanization of Sexuality; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 The Vaginal Photoplethysmograph and Devices for Women: Gauging Female ArousalAbstract; Measure for Measure: Inventing Machines for Female Sexual Response; The Vaginal Photoplethysmograph, the Labial Clip, and the Thermograph; Conclusion; References; 5 Conclusion: The Future of Human Sex Research Technologies; Abstract; References
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783531199450
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (386 p.))
    Edition: 2nd ed (Online-Ausg.)
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Handbuch Migrationsarbeit
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Emigration and immigration - Economic aspects ; Emigration and immigration - Government policy ; Migrant labor ; Migration ; Electronic books ; Einwanderer ; Interkulturelle Sozialarbeit
    Abstract: Inhaltsverzeichnis; Grußwort; MigrantInnenarbeit - eine Einführung; 1 Zielsetz ung des Handbuches; 2 Defi nitionen und Diff erenzierungen; 3 Gliederung und Konzept; Teil A Theoretische Einführung; 1.1 Soziodemografi sche Merkmale der Migrationsbevölkerung; 1 Die Volkszählung des Jahres 2011; 2 Bevölkerungsanteil; 3 Geografi sche Verteilung; 4 Demografi sche Struktur; 5 Sozialstruktur; 5.1 Herkunft und Problemlagen; 5.2 Formaler Bildungsabschluss und berufliche Bildung; 5.3 Arbeitsmarkt und soziale Lage; 5.4 Auswirkungen mangelnder Sprachkompetenz; 6 Religiöse Bindungen: Islam; 7 Überleitung
    Abstract: 1.2 Soziale und politische Teilhabe1 Spezifi ka von Migrationsgruppen; 2 Mediennutz ung3; 2.1 Soziale Umgebung und Medienkonsum; 2.2 Printmedien; 2.3 Fernsehen; 2.4 Computer; 2.5 Auswirkungen des Medienkonsums; 3 Außerhäusliche Freizeit; 4 Mitgliedschaften in Gewerkschaften; 5 Politische Aktivitäten; 5.1 Politisches Interesse; 5.2 Werthaltungen und politische Einstellungen; 5.3 Wahlbeteiligung; 5.4 Parteipräferenzen; 5.5 Mitgliedschaften in Parteien; 5.6 Nicht-elektorale politische Partizipation; 6 Gibt es Parallelgesellschaften?; 7 Schlussbemerkung
    Abstract: 1.3 Gesellschaftliche Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit als Indikatoren für Integration1 Rechtliche Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit; 1.1 Das Allgemeine Gleichbehandlungsgesetz; 1.2 Aufenthaltsdauer und Wahlrecht; 1.3 Einbürgerung; 2 Soziale Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit; 2.1 Sprachliche Voraussetzungen - Sprache als Voraussetzung?; 2.2 Wohnen und sozialräumliche Integration; 2.3 Gesundheit und Migration; 2.4 Vereine und Verbände; 3 Gelungene Integration oder ungleiche Lebensverhältnisse?; 1.4 Interkulturelle Arbeit zwischen Anspruch und Wirklichkeit
    Abstract: 1 Kompensatorisches Konzept: Die Ausländerpädagogik2 Emanzipatorisches Konzept: Der Anspruch der interkulturellen Erziehung; 3 Partizipatives Konzept: Diversity; 4 Interkulturelle Kompetenz - die Wirklichkeit; 5 Partizipativ + Emanzipatorisch = Chance auf Interkulturalität; 1.5 Migrantenorganisationen als Motoren der Integrationsarbeit; 1 Relevanz von Selbstorganisationen; 2 Migrantenorganisationen als politische Vertretung; 3 Migrantenorganisationen als Träger sozialer Projekte; 4 Kompetenz und Vernetzung - das soziale Kapital von Migranten-organisationen
    Abstract: 5 Weiterbildungsbedarfe von Migrantenorganisationen und die Grenzen von Weiterbildung5.1 Angebote und Träger; 5.2 Migrantenorganisationen als Träger von Weiterbildung; 5.3 Tandemprojekte zur Qualifizierung von Migrantenorganisationen; 5.4 Qualitätsstandards in der Weiterbildung von und für Migrantenorganisationen; 6 Schlussbetrachtung: Migrantenorganisationen und die interkulturelle Öffnung der Gesellschaft; Teil B Aktivierung von Migrantinnen und Migranten in Theorie und Praxis; 2.1 Frühkindliche Bildung; 2.1.1 Frühkindliche Bildung; 1 Einleitung
    Abstract: 2 Ein Blick zurück: Interkulturelle Pädagogik und Frühpädagogik
    Abstract: Deutsche mit Migrationshintergrund und Migrantinnen und Migranten aus verschiedenen Landern sind Realitat geworden in unserer Gesellschaft. Gleichzeitig mussen wir jedoch auch feststellen, dass gesellschaftliche Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit fur diese Menschen nicht vorhanden ist. Mit der Anerkennung des Einwanderungslandes Deutschland und der Tatsache der Benachteiligung werfen sich nun Fragen auf. Wie konnen Benachteiligungen abgebaut werden Was kann die deutsche Mehrheitsgesellschaft tun und was konnen die Minderheiten tun Wie kann ein Gleichgewicht hergestellt werden Welche Maßnahmen muss
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783319049908
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (201 p.))
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs on Pioneers in Science and Practice
    Series Statement: EBL-Schweitzer
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Ulrich Beck
    DDC: 302.12
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Abstract: Preface; Contents; Part I Ulrich Beck; 1 Ulrich Beck's Scientific Leadership Profile; 2 Ulrich Beck: An Introduction to the Theory of Second Modernity and the Risk Society; 2.1…Introduction and a Short Biography; 2.2…From Slupsk to Sociological World Fame: A Short Biography; 3 Bibliography; 3.1…Books (in Chronological Order); 3.2…Book Chapters (in Reverse Chronological Order); 3.3…Journal Articles (in Reverse Chronological Order); Part II Ulrich Beck's Work in the Perspective of Colleagues; 4 The Risk Society Thesis in Environmental Politics and Management: A Global Perspective; Epilogue
    Abstract: References5 Reflexive Modernization; References; 6 The Reality of Cosmopolitanism; 7 Jerusalem Versus Athens Revisited; References; Part III Selected Key Texts by Ulrich Beck; 8 Incalculable Futures: World Risk Society and Its Social and Political Implications; 8.1…Old Dangers, New Risks: Conceptual Differentiation, Historical Localization; 8.1.1 Conceptual Distinctions; 8.1.2 Historical Contextualization; 8.2…What is Meant by the 'Cosmopolitan Moment'?; Bibliography and References; 9 Individualization is Eroding Traditions Worldwide: A Comparison Between Europe and China
    Abstract: 9.1…On the Distinction Between Individualism and Individualization9.2…Individualization and Social Morality; 9.3…Chinese Individualization; References; 10 Beyond Class and Nation: Reframing Social Inequalities in a Globalizing World; 10.1…Introduction; 10.2…''What Exactly Constitutes Individualization and to What Extent has it Really Displaced Class?''; 10.2.1 What Does Individualization Mean Empirically?; 10.2.2 Beyond the Normal Family and Normal Class; 10.3…The Transnationalization of Social Inequalities; 10.3.1 Critique of Methodological Nationalism; 10.3.2 Politics of Framing
    Abstract: 10.4…The Inequality of Global Risks10.5…Pan-European Inequalities; 10.6…Border Artistes: Agency, Legitimacy and Immigrant Dynamics; 10.7…Prospect: The 'Modernity Dispute' in International Sociology; References; 11 The Two Faces of Religion; References; 12 The Global Chaos of Love: Towards a Cosmopolitan Turn in the Sociology of Love and Families; 12.1…Cosmopolitan Families: Characteristics and Constellations; 12.2…Cosmopolitan Theory; 12.3…The Rise of a Transnational Shadow Economy; 12.3.1 The Stalled Revolution; 12.3.2 From Mother's Task to Migrants' Job; 12.3.3 By Silent Agreement
    Abstract: 12.4…Transnational Motherhood and Global Care Chains12.4.1 A Global Hierarchy of Care; 12.5…Loss and Gain: Cosmopolitan Comparisons; 12.5.1 Seeing with the Eyes of the Respective 'Other'; 12.6…Conclusions; References; 13 Reframing Power in the Globalized World; References; 14 We Do Not Live in an Age of Cosmopolitanism but in an Age of Cosmopolitization: The 'Global Other' is in Our Midst; 14.1…Critique of Methodological Nationalism; 14.2…How to Research 'Really Existing Cosmopolitization'?; 14.2.1 Cuisine; 14.2.2 Migration; 14.2.3 Work and Workers; 14.2.4 Love; 14.2.5 Kidneys
    Abstract: 14.2.6 Villages
    Abstract: This book presents Ulrich Beck, one of the world's leading sociologists and social thinkers, as a Pioneer in Cosmopolitan Sociology and Risk Society. His world risk society theory has been confirmed by recent disasters ? events that have shaken modern society to the core, signaling the end of an era in which comprehensive insurance could keep us safe. Due to its own successes, modern society now faces failure: while in the past experiments were conducted in a lab, now the whole world is a test bed. Whether nuclear plants, genetically modified organisms, nanotechnology ? if any of these experim
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783531199634
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (380 Seiten)
    Edition: 2. Auflage
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Quartiersforschung
    DDC: 307.76072
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Adaptation, Psychological ; Social ecology ; Social history - 20th century ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Stadtviertel ; Stadtforschung
    Abstract: Inhaltsverzeichnis; Einführung zur zweiten Auflage und Zusammenfassung der Beiträge; Die Beiträge im Überblick; I Überblick; Quartiersforschung im Überblick: Konzepte, Definitionen und aktuelle Perspektiven; 1 Unterwegs in dynamischen Mikrowelten; 2 Acht Portale zum Quartier; 2.1 Sozialökologie: Quartiere zwischen Zyklizität und Homöostase; 2.3 Housing Demography - Quartiere als Orte von Bevölkerungsbewegungen; 2.4 Soziographie - holistische Quartiersbetrachtung; 2.5 Nachbarschaft - von Subkulturalität, Lebenswelten und Aktionsräumen
    Abstract: 2.6 Urban Governance und professionelle Akteure im Quartier2.7 (Neo-)Marxistisch orientierte Theorieansätze: Produktion und Regulation des Quartiers; 2.8 Neuere Raumtheoretische Ansätze und Poststrukturalismus: Quartierskonstruktion und Quartiersdekonstruktion; 3 Definitionen? Abgrenzungen? Die Ambivalenz von realer Komplexität und notwendiger Vereinfachung; 3.1 Begriffsverwendung und Definitionen von „Quartier"; 3.2 Muss man ein „Quartier" abgrenzen können? Und: wie?; 3.3 Versuch einer Re-Definition von Quartier als „Fuzzy Concept"; 4 Fazit: Wozu „Quartiersforschung"?; Literatur
    Abstract: II Theoretische Perspektiven auf das QuartierStadt der Quartiere? Das Place-Konzept und die Idee von urbanen Dörfern; 1 Eckpunkte des Place-Konzeptes im Kontext der Quartiersforschung; 1.1 Zur symbolischen Dimension von Place; 1.2 Zur sozialen Dimension von Place; 1.3 Zur physischen Dimension von Place; 2 Place-Studien: Das Beispiel ‚Urbane Dörfer' und weitere Felder der empirischen Praxis; 3 Die Stadt der Quartiere als Summe urbaner Dörfer?; 4 Das Place-Konzept in der Quartiersforschung - eine Evaluation; Literatur
    Abstract: Die Metapher vom Raum als soziale Landschaft: Perspektiven zur Überwindung der Dichotomie von Quartierkonzeptionen1 Das Quartier in der klassischen Stadtforschung; 2 Relativistische Ansätze inner- und ausserhalb des absolutistischen Raumverständnisses; 3 Die Metapher des Raums als soziale Landschaften; 4 Junge Erwachsene in der Stadt Basel: empirische Annäherung an das Konzept der sozialen Landschaften; 4.1 Landschaftstyp: Transnationale soziale Netzwerke und der Rückzug in der segregierten Stadt
    Abstract: 4.2 Landschaftstyp: Lokale Netzwerke und Orte gemeinsamer Alltagskultur in der sozialpädagogischen Stadt5 Fazit; Literatur; Quartier als Landschaft? Eine Exploration am Beispiel des Wandels in Berlin-Moabit; 1 Das Quartier als Landschaft; 2 Das Fallbeispiel Berlin-Moabit: Quartiersensembles als Landschaften des sozialen Wandels; 3 Vormoderne: Moabit als quasi-natürliche Antithese zur Stadt; 4 Frühmoderne: Moabit als dynamische Industrielandschaft; 5 Einschnitte: Trümmerlandschaften; 6 Hochmoderne: Multikulturelle Arbeiter- und Justizlandschaft
    Abstract: 7 Postmoderne: Moabit als fragmentierte Investitions- und Desinvestitionslandschaft
    Abstract: Wohnviertel, Stadtquartiere, Kieze: Für BewohnerInnen sind sie nicht mehr und nicht weniger als die lokale Verankerung in der (Groß)stadt und der globalisierten Welt. In der Wissenschaft existieren inzwischen vielfältige Diskurse über den lokalen Nahraum. Ebenso wichtig ist das Quartier als strategische Planungskategorie: Es hat als Meso-Level zwischen Stadt und Individualebene in den letzten Jahren geradezu Karriere gemacht - im Rahmen von Stadtentwicklungsprogrammen ebenso wie in der Wohnungswirtschaft. Mit dem Ziel, einen vertieften Dialog anzustoßen, zeigen die AutorInnen dieser aktualisie
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    ISBN: 9789401786072
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 105 p. 58 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Well-Being and Quality of Life Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Lippman, Laura H. Flourishing children
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology ; Quality of Life ; Developmental psychology ; Psychometrics
    Abstract: This volume presents the results of the Flourishing Children Project. The study addressed gaps in the research on indicators of positive development of adolescents. Such indicators are essential for the balanced and scientifically sound study of adolescents. Yet measures of many aspects of flourishing are not available, and when they do exist, they are rarely measured in a developmentally appropriate manner for adolescents. In addition, they are often too long for program evaluations and surveys, have not been tested on diverse populations, nor carefully validated as predictors of positive outcomes. The Flourishing Children Project undertook the development of scales for adolescents ages 12-17 for 19 aspects of flourishing covering six domains: flourishing in school and work, personal flourishing, flourishing in relationships, relationship skills, helping others to flourish, and environmental stewardship. This volume describes the four-stage process of developing the scales, including: Reviewing the literature for extant measures for items to test and synthesizing the existing research into consensus definitions for each construct; conducting cognitive testing of items with adolescents and their parents; pilot testing the items; and conducting psychometric analyses
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    ISBN: 9789400775572
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 408 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Print version Air Quality Management : Canadian Perspectives on a Global Issue
    DDC: 399
    Keywords: Environmental sciences ; Public health ; Environmental protection ; Air quality management -- Canada ; Electronic books
    Abstract: This book provides a wide overview of the issues related to managing of air quality in Canada. Learn about the air issues that have caused impacts to ecosystems or human health and hence been targeted to be managed. Discover how Canadas national governance involving a federal government along with provincial and territorial governments impacts the air quality management process. Understand how Canadians manage their air quality in context with the USA, their largest and closest neighbour. Benefit from the experience of 43 of Canadas most experienced air quality management professionals who share their insights into the state of air quality in Canada today, how it is managed, as well as giving a glimpse into the future.?
    Description / Table of Contents: part I. Air pollution sciencepart II. Air quality impacts -- part III. Management of emissions -- part Ivolume Policy and planning -- part volume Communicating air quality information.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    ISBN: 9789400778290
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (278 pages) , illustrations.
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Series 53
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Ser. v.53
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of life ; Humanities ; Quality of life -- Research ; Developmental psychology ; Social sciences ; Quality of life ; Humanities ; Quality of life ; Research ; Developmental psychology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This publication will fill a significant gap in the literature on quality of life and subjective wellbeing by addressing the gender dimensions of people's lived experience and emphasizing how gender relationships differentially impact on women's and girls' as well as men's and boys' subjective wellbeing across the lifespan. Sex-disaggregation of data on objective conditions of quality of life is now routinely undertaken in many countries of the world. However, despite the burgeoning of objective data on sex differences in life conditions across the world, very little gender analysis is carried out to explain fully such difference and there is still a serious dearth of data on gender differences in subjective experiences of quality of life and wellbeing. This publication will assist researchers, teachers, service providers and policy makers in filling some of the gaps in currently available literature on the nexus between age and gender in producing differential experiences of subjective wellbeing. The book brings together research which compares female's and male's subjective experiences of wellbeing at various life stages from a variety of countries and regions, particularly focusing on women's subjective wellbeing.
    Abstract: Intro -- Contents -- Contributors -- Chapter-1 -- Gender, Lifespan, Cultural Context and QOL -- References -- Chapter-2 -- Personal Well-being and Interpersonal Communication of 12-16 Year-Old Girls and Their Own Mothers: Gender and Intergenerational Issues -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Method Procedure and Sample -- 2.2.1 Description of the Variables -- 2.3 Results -- 2.3.1 Activities -- 2.3.2 Conversations -- 2.3.3 Satisfaction -- 2.3.4 Values Aspired to for the Girls' Future -- 2.3.5 Explained Model of Girls' and Mothers' Satisfaction with Life as a Whole -- 2.4 Discussion -- References -- Chapter-3 -- Gender Dimensions of Life Quality for Adults in Australia -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Subjective Wellbeing Homeostasis -- 3.3 Homeostatic Buffers -- 3.4 External Buffers -- 3.5 Internal Buffers -- 3.6 Gender Differences -- 3.7 Method -- 3.8 Results -- 3.8.1 Gender × Survey -- 3.8.2 Personal Wellbeing Domains -- 3.8.3 Domain Stability Across Surveys × Gender -- 3.8.4 Demographic Influences on Gender Differences in SWB -- 3.8.5 Age -- 3.8.6 Living Alone -- 3.8.7 Relationship Status -- 3.8.8 Work Status -- 3.9 Discussion -- 3.9.1 Overall Pattern of Gender Differences -- 3.9.2 Age -- 3.9.3 Living Alone -- 3.9.4 Work Status -- 3.10 Summary -- References -- Chapter-4 -- Chasing the 'Good Life': GenderDifferences in Work Aspirationsof American Men and Women -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Conceptual Framework -- 4.3 Data and Methods -- 4.4 Results -- 4.4.1 Gender Differences in Aspirations and Attainments -- 4.4.1.1 Material Goods -- 4.4.1.2 Good Health -- 4.4.1.3 Family Life -- 4.4.1.4 Work -- 4.4.1.5 Work Aspirations over the Life Course -- 4.5 Summary and Discussion -- References -- Chapter-5 -- Gender Dimensions of Quality of Life in Algeria -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Gender Equalities: The Current Situation.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed January 12, 2014)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401794510
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 90 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy
    Abstract: This book addresses a tightly knit cluster of questions in the philosophy of mind. There is the question: Are mental properties identical with physical properties? An affirmative answer would seem to secure the truth of physicalism regarding the mind, i.e., the belief that all mental phenomena obtain solely in virtue of physical phenomena. If the answer is negative, then the question arises: Can this solely in virtue of relation be understood as some kind of dependence short of identity? And answering this requires answering two further questions. Exactly what sort of dependence on the physical does physicalism require, and what is needed for a property or phenomenon to qualify as physical? It is argued that multiple realizability still provides irresistible proof (especially with the possibility of immaterial realizers) that mental properties are not identical with any properties of physics, chemistry, or biology. After refuting various attempts to formulate nonreductive physicalism with the notion of realization, a new definition of physicalism is offered. This definition shows how it could be that the mental depends solely on the physical even if mental properties are not identical with those of the natural sciences. Yet, it is also argued that the sort of psychophysical dependence described is robust enough that if it were to obtain, then in a plausible and robust sense of ‘physical’, mental properties would still qualify as physical properties
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    ISBN: 9789048194735
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 988 p. 79 illus., 18 illus. in color. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Eemeren, Frans H. van, 1946 - Handbook of argumentation theory
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Logic ; Law ; Social sciences ; Linguistics. ; Argumentationstheorie
    Abstract: The Handbook Argumentation Theory provides an up to date survey of the various theoretical contributions to the development of argumentation theory for all scholars interested in argumentation, informal logic and rhetoric. It describes the historical roots of modern argumentation theory that are still an important theoretical background to contemporary approaches. Because of the complexity, diversity and rate of developments in argumentation theory, there is a real need for an overview of the state of the art, the main approaches that can be distinguished and the distinctive features of these approaches. The Handbook covers classical and modern backgrounds to the study of argumentation, the New Rhetoric developed by Perelman and Olbrechts-Tyteca, the Toulmin model, formal approaches, informal logic, communication and rhetoric, pragmatic approaches, linguistic approaches and pragma-dialectics. The Handbook is co-authored by Frans H. van Eemeren, Bart Garssen, Erik C.W. Krabbe, A. Francisca Snoeck Henkemans, Bart Verheij and Jean Wagemans, who are a coherent and prominent writing team whose expertise covers the whole field. The authors are assisted by an international Editorial Board consisting of outstanding argumentation scholars whose fields of interest are represented in the volume
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400769588
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 843 p. 2 illus. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy—History. ; Philosophy ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy.
    Abstract: The History of Philosophy in Australia and New Zealand is a comprehensive account of the historical development of philosophy in Australia and New Zealand, from the establishment of the first Philosophy Chair in Australasia in 1886 at the University of Melbourne to the current burgeoning of Australasian philosophy. The work is divided into two broad sections, the first providing an account of significant developments and events during various periods in the history of Australasian philosophy, and the second focusing on ideas and theories that have been influential in various disciplines within Australasian philosophy. The work consists of chapters contributed by various philosophers, on specific fields of inquiry or historical periods within Australasian philosophy
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048129218
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 422 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Dao companion to Japanese Confucian philosophy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Regional planning ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy, Confucian--Japan. ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Japan ; Konfuzianismus ; Ideengeschichte 1600-1868
    Abstract: This volume features in-depth philosophical analyses of major Japanese Confucian philosophers as well as themes and topics addressed in their writings. Its main historical focus is the early-modern period (1600-1868), when much original Confucian philosophizing occurred. Written by scholars from the United States, Canada, Europe, Australia, Japan, and China and eclectic in methodology and disciplinary approach, this anthology seeks to advance new multidimensional studies of Japanese Confucian philosophy for English language readers. It presents essays that focus on Japanese Confucianism, while including topics related to Buddhism, Shintō, Nativism, and even Andō Shōeki 安藤昌益 (1703-1762), one of the most vehement critics of Confucianism in all of East Asia. The book builds on the premise that Japanese Confucian philosophy consists in the ongoing engagement in critical, self-reflective discussions of and speculative theorizing about ethics, epistemology, metaphysics, political theory, and spiritual problems, as well as aesthetics, cosmology, and ontology
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    ISBN: 9789400760011
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 457 p. 29 illus., 16 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in Brain and Mind 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer vision ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer vision
    Abstract: This volume is product of the third online consciousness conference, held at http://consciousnessonline.com in February and March 2011. Chapters range over epistemological issues in the science and philosophy of perception, what neuroscience can do to help us solve philosophical issues in the philosophy of mind, what the true nature of black and white vision, pain, auditory, olfactory, or multi-modal experiences are, to higher-order theories of consciousness, synesthesia, among others. Each chapter includes a target article, commentaries, and in most cases, a final response from the author. Though wide-ranging all of the papers aim to understand consciousness both from the inside, as we experience it, and from the outside as we encounter it in our science. The Online Consciousness Conference, founded and organized by Richard Brown, is dedicated to the rigorous study of consciousness and mind. The goal is to bring philosophers, scientists, and interested lay persons together in an online venue to promote high-level discussion and exchanging of views, ideas and data related to the scientific and philosophical study of consciousness
    Description / Table of Contents: Chp. 1 Richard Brown “Introduction”I. First-Person Data and the Science of Consciousness -- Chp. 2. Ruth Millikan  “An Epistemology for Phenomenology?” -- Chp.  3. Gualtiero Piccinini & Corey J. Maley “From Phenomenology to the Self-Measurement Methodology of First-Person Data” -- II. Phenomenal Properties and Dualism -- Chp. 4. Paul Churchland “Consciousness and the Introspection of Apparent Qualitative Simples” -- Chp. 5. Torin Alter “Churchland on arguments against physicalism” -- Chp. 6. Paul Churchland “Response to Torin Alter” -- III. Property Dualism and Panpsychism -- Chp. 7. Philip Goff “Orthodox Property Dualism + the Linguistic Theory of Vagueness = Panpsychism” -- Chp. 8. Bill Robinson “A Wake Up Call” -- Chp. 9. Jon Simon “What is Acquaintance with Consciousness?” -- Chp. 10. Philip Goff “Reply to Simon and Robinson” -- IV. Naïve Realism, Hallucinations, and Perceptual Justification -- Chp. 11. Benj Hellie “It’s Still There!” -- Chp. 12. Jacob Berger “Perceptual Justification Outside of Consciousness” -- Chp. 13. Jeff Speaks “Some Thoughts about Hallucination, Self-Representation, and “It’s Still There!”” -- Chp. 14. Heather Logue “But Where is a Hallucinator’s Perceptual Justification?” -- Chp. 15. Benj Hellie “Yep -Still There” -- V. Beyond Color-Consciousness -- Chp. 16. Kathleen Akins “Black and White and Color” -- Chp. 17. Pete Mandik “What is Visual and Phenomenal but Concerns Neither Hue nor Shade?” -- VI. Phenomenal Externalism and the Science of Perception -- Chp. 18. Adam Pautz “The Real Trouble for Phenomenal Externalists: New Evidence for a Brain-Based Theory of Consciousness” -- Chp. 19. David Hilbert & Colin Klein “No Problem” -- Chp. 20. Adam Pautz “Ignoring the Real Problems for Phenomenal Externalism: A Reply to Hilbert and Klein” -- VII. The Ontology of Audition -- Chp. 21. Jason Leddington “What We Hear” -- Chp. 22. Casey O'Calleghan “Audible Independence and Binding” -- Chp. 23. Matt Nudds “Commentary on Leddington” -- VIII. Multi-Modal Experience -- Chp. 24. Kevin Connolly “Making Sense of Multiple Senses” -- Chp. 25. Matt Fulkerson “Explaining Multisensory Experience” -- IX. Synesthesia -- Chp. 26. Berit Brogaard “Seeing as a Non-Experiential Mental State: The Case from Synesthesia and Mental Imagery” -- Chp. 27. Ophelia Deroy “Synesthesia: An Experience of the Third Kind?” -- Chp. 28. Berit Brogaard “Varieties of Synesthetic Experience” -- X. Higher-Order Thought Theories of Consciousness and the Prefrontal Cortex -- Chp. 29. Miguel Ángel Sebastián “Not a Hot Dream” -- Chp. 30. Josh Weisberg “Sweet Dreams are Made of This?  A HOT Response to Sebastián” -- Chp. 31. Matt Ivonowich “The dlPFC isn’t a NCHOT: A Commentary on Sebastián’s “Not a HOT Dream” -- Chp. 32. Miguel Ángel Sebastián “I Cannot Tell You (Everything) About My Dreams: Reply to Ivanowich and Weisberg”.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    ISBN: 9789400770829
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 280 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advances in Business Ethics Research, A Journal of Business Ethics Book Series 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Accounting for the public interest
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Auditing ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Auditing ; Rechnungslegung ; Ethik ; Rechnungslegung ; Ethik
    Abstract: This volume explores the opportunities and challenges facing the accounting profession in an increasingly globalized business and financial reporting environment. It looks back at past experiences of the profession in attempting to meet its public interest obligation. It examines the role and responsibilities of accounting to society including regulatory requirements, increased emphasis on corporate social responsibility, accounting fraud and whistle-blowing implications, internationalization of public interest obligations, and providing the education needed to be successful. The book incorporates an ethical dimension in making these assessments. Its focus is a conceptual, theoretical one drawing on classical philosophy, the sociology of professions, economic theory, and the public interest dimension of accountants as professionals. The authors of papers are long-time contributors to the annual symposium on Research in Accounting Ethics sponsored by the Public Interest Section of the AAA.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    ISBN: 9789400760349
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 281 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contributions to Phenomenology 68
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Schutzian phenomenology and hermeneutic traditions
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Social sciences Methodology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Social sciences Methodology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hermeneutik ; Phänomenologische Soziologie ; Schütz, Alfred 1899-1959 ; Hermeneutik ; Phänomenologische Soziologie ; Schütz, Alfred 1899-1959
    Abstract: Schutzian Phenomenology and Hermeneutic Traditions links Alfred Schutz to the larger hermeneutic tradition in Continental thought, illuminating the deep affinity between Schutzian phenomenology and hermeneutics. The essays collected here explore a broad spectrum of Schutzian themes and concerns, from Schutz’s concrete affinities to hermeneutic traditions, his interpretationism and the pragmatist nature of Schutz’s thought, to questions concerning the role of the media and music in our understanding of the life-world and intersubjectivity. The essays go on to explore the practical applicability of Schutz’s thoughts on questions regarding economics, literature, ethics and the limits of human understanding. Given its emphasis on the application of Schutzian ideas and concepts, this book willbe of special interest to a wide range of readers in the social sciences and humanities, who are interested in the application of phenomenology to social, political, and cultural phenomena
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTORY ESSAY.- Reflections on the Relationship of ‘Social Phenomenology’ and Hermeneutics in Alfred Schutz:  An Introduction, M. STAUDIGL.- I. SCHUTZIAN PHENOMENOLOGY AND HERMENEUTIC TRADITIONS.- The Lifeworld Analysis of Alfred Schutz and the Methodology of the Social Sciences, T. EBERLE.- Understanding Sociologies and Tradition(s) of Hermeneutics, M. ENDRESS.-  Alfred Schutz and a Hermeneutical Sociology of Knowledge, H. NASU.-  The Interpretationism of Alfred Schutz or How Woodcutting can have Referential and Non-Referential Meaning, L. EMBREEII. THEORETICAL AND CONCEPTUAL REASSESSMENTS.-  Pragmatic theory of the life-world and hermeneutics of the social sciences, I. SRUBAR.-  Media Structures of the Life-World, R. AYASS.- The Musical Foundations of Alfred Schutz’ Hermeneutics of the Social World, A. G. STASCHEIT.- III. EXPLORATIONS OF THE PRACTICAL WORLD.-  Scientific Practice and the World of Working: Beyond Schutz’s Wirkwelt, D. BISCHUR.-  Hermeneutics of Transcendence:  Understanding and Communication at the Limits of Experience, A. HILT --    Alfred Schutz’s Practical-Hermeneutical Approach to Law and Normativity, I. COPOERU.-  Everyday Morality. Questions with and for Alfred Schutz, B. WALDENFELS .- IV. INVESTIGATIONS INTO MULTIPLE REALITIES.- Goffman and Schutz on multiple realities, G. PSATHAS.- Literature and the Limits of Pragmatism:  Alfred Schutz’s Goethe Manuscripts, M. D. BARBER.- Life-World Analysis and Literary Interpretation. On the Reconstruction of Symbolic Reality Spheres, J. DREHER.- Image Worlds. Aesthetic Experience and the Problem of Hermeneutics in the Social Sciences, D. TÄNZLER.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    ISBN: 9789400769670
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 746 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in the History of Philosophy of Mind 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Sourcebook for the history of the philosophy of mind
    Parallel Title: Print version Sourcebook for the History of the Philosophy of Mind : Philosophical Psychology from Plato to Kant
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, medieval ; Philosophy of mind ; Psychology History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy of Mind ; Geschichte ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Fresh translations of key texts, exhaustive coverage from Plato to Kant, and detailed commentary by expert scholars of philosophy add up to make this sourcebook the first and most comprehensive account of the history of the philosophy of mind. Published at a time when the philosophy of mind and philosophical psychology are high-profile domains in current research, the volume will inform our understanding of philosophical questions by shedding light on the origins of core conceptual assumptions often arrived at before the instauration of psychology as a recognized subject in its own right. The chapters closely follow historical developments in our understanding of the mind, with sections dedicated to ancient, medieval Latin and Arabic, and early modern periods of development. The volume’s structural clarity enables readers to trace the entire progression of philosophical understanding on specific topics related to the mind, such as the nature of perception. Doing so reveals the fascinating contrasts between current and historical approaches. In addition to its all-inclusive source material, the volume provides subtle expert commentary that includes critical introductions to each thematic section as well as detailed engagement with the central texts. A voluminous bibliography includes hundreds of primary and secondary sources. The sheer scale of this new publication sheds light on the progression, and discontinuities, in our study of the philosophy of mind, and represents a major new sourcebook in a field of extreme importance to our understanding of humanity as a whole
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    ISBN: 9783319008011
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 225 p. 3 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 365
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Artefact kinds
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Engineering design ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Engineering design ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Artefakt ; Ontologie ; Wirklichkeit ; Technikphilosophie
    Abstract: This book is concerned with two intimately related topics of metaphysics: the identity of entities and the foundations of classification. What it adds to previous discussions of these topics is that it addresses them with respect to human-made entities, that is, artefacts. As the chapters in the book show, questions of identity and classification require other treatments and lead to other answers for artefacts than for natural entities. These answers are of interest to philosophers not only for their clarification of artefacts as a category of things but also for the new light they may shed on these issue with respect to to natural entities. This volume is structured in three parts. The contributions in Part I address basic ontological and metaphysical questions in relation to artefact kinds: How should we conceive of artefact kinds? Are they real kinds? How are identity conditions for artefacts and artefact kinds related? The contributions in Part II address meta-ontological questions: What, exactly, should an ontological account of artefact kinds provide us with? What scope can it aim for? Which ways of approaching the ontology of artefact kinds are there, how promising are they, and how should we assess this? In Part III, the essays offer engineering practice rather than theoretical philosophy as a point of reference. The issues addressed here include: How do engineers classify technical artefacts and on what grounds? What makes specific classes of technical artefacts candidates for ontologically real kinds, and by which criteria?
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction: The Ontology of Technical Artefacts; Maarten Franssen, Peter Kroes, Thomas A. C. Reydon and Pieter E. VermaasPart I: Artefact Kinds and Metaphysics -- Chapter 2. How Real are Artefacts and Artefact Kinds?; E. J. Lowe -- Chapter 3. Artifacts and Mind-Independence; Crawford L. Elder -- Chapter 4. Public Artifacts, Intentions, and Norms; Amie L. Thomasson -- Chapter 5. Artefact Kinds, Ontological Criteria and Forms of Mind-Dependence; Maarten Franssen and Peter Kroes -- Chapter 6. Artifact Kinds, Identity Criteria and Logical Adequacy; Massimiliano Carrara, Silvia Gaio and Marzia Soavi -- Part II: Artefact Kinds and New Perspectives -- Chapter 7. Creating Artifactual Kinds; Jesús Vega-Encabo and Diego Lawler -- Chapter 8. Metaphysical and Epistemological Approaches to Developing a Theory of Artifact Kinds; Thomas A. C. Reydon -- Chapter 9. Ethnotechnology: A Manifesto; Beth Preston -- Part III: Artefact Kinds and Engineering Practice -- Chapter 10. On What is Made: Instruments, Products and Natural Kinds of Artefacts; Wybo Houkes and Pieter E. Vermaas -- Chapter 11. Artefactual Systems, Missing Components and Replaceability; Nicola Guarino -- Chapter 12. Engineering Differences Between Natural, Social and Artificial Kinds; Eric T. Kerr.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    ISBN: 9789400769342
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 372 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in the Philosophy of Sociality 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Institutions, emotions, and group agents
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Sozialphilosophie ; Ontologie ; Gruppe ; Institution ; Sozialphilosophie ; Gruppe ; Institution
    Abstract: The contributions gathered in this volume present the state of the art in key areas of current social ontology. They focus on the role of collective intentional states in creating social facts, and on the nature of intentional properties of groups that allow characterizing them as responsible agents, or perhaps even as persons. Many of the essays are inspired by contemporary action theory, emotion theory, and theories of collective intentionality. Another group of essays revisits early phenomenological approaches to social ontology and accounts of sociality that draw on the Hegelian idea of recognition. This volume is organized into three parts. First, the volume discusses themes highlighted in John Searle’s work and addresses questions concerning the relation between intentions and the deontic powers of institutions, the role of disagreement, and the nature of collective intentionality. Next, the book focuses on joint and collective emotions and mutual recognition, and then goes on to explore the scope and limits of group agency, or group personhood, especially the capacity for responsible agency. The variety of philosophical traditions mirrored in this collection provides readers with a rich and multifaceted survey of present research in social ontology. It will help readers deepen their understanding of three interrelated and core topics in social ontology: the constitution and structure of institutions, the role of shared evaluative attitudes, and the nature and role of group agents
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsChapter 1. Introduction: Contributions to Social Ontology-Institutions, Emotions, and Group Agents; Anita Konzelmann Ziv and Hans Bernhard Schmid -- Part I: Intentionality and Institutions -- Chapter 2. Document Acts; Barry Smith -- Chapter 3. Searlean Reflections on Sacred Mountains; Filip Buekens -- Chapter 4. Social Objects without Intentions; Brian Epstein -- Chapter 5. The Logical Form of Totalitarianism; Jennifer Hudin -- Chapter 6. Groups, Normativity and Disagreement; Rodrigo E. Sànchaz Brigido -- Chapter 7. Joint Actions, Social Institutions and Collective Goods: A Teleological Account; Seumas Miller -- Chapter 8. Three Types of Heterotropic Intentionality: A Taxonomy in Social Ontology; Francesca De Vecchi -- Part II: Shared Emotions and Recognition -- Chapter 9. Emergence and Empathy; Ronald De Sousa -- Chapter 10. The Functions of Collective Emotions in Social Groups; Mikko Salmela -- Chapter 11. Feelings of Being-Together and Caring With; H. Andrés Sànchez Guerrero -- Chapter 12. Joining the Background: Habitual Sentiments behind We-Intentionality; Emanuele Caminada -- Chapter 13. Collective Intentionality and Recognition from Others; Arto Laitinen -- Chapter 14. The Conditions of Collectivity: Joint Commitment and the Shared Norms of Membership; Titus Stahl -- Part III: Collective Reasons and Group Agency -- Chapter 15. Acting Over Time, Acting Together; Michael E. Bratman -- Chapter 16. How Where We Stand Constrains Where I Stand: Applying Bratman’s Account of Self-Governance to Collective Action; Joseph Kisolo-Ssonko -- Chapter 17. Team Reasoning and Shared Intention; Abraham Sesshu Roth -- Chapter 18. Collective Intentionality and Practical Reason; Juliette Gloor -- Chapter 19. The SANE Approach to Real Collective Responsibility; Sara Chant -- Chapter 20. Are Individualist Accounts of Collective Responsibility Morally Deficient?; András Szigeti -- Chapter 21. Can Groups Be Autonomous Rational Agents? A Challenge to the List-Pettit-Theory; Vuko Andric -- Chapter 22. Direct and Indirect Common Belief; Emiliano Lorini and Andreas Herzig.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    ISBN: 9789400772724
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (292 pages) , illustrations.
    Series Statement: Philosophical Studies in Contemporary Culture 23
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy, Modern ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Konferenzschrift
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed December 16, 2013)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    ISBN: 9789400771314
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (222 pages) , illustrations.
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 2
    DDC: 149.94
    Keywords: Linguistics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Electronic books
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed January 2, 2014)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    ISBN: 9789400779143
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 248 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology Volume 17
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The moral status of technical artefacts
    DDC: 303.483
    RVK:
    Keywords: Technology -- Social aspects ; Engineering design -- Philosophy ; Technology ; Social aspects ; Engineering design ; Philosophy ; Electronic books ; Engineering ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science ; Technology ; Technik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Technik
    Abstract: This book considers the question: to what extent does it make sense to qualify technical artefacts as moral entities? The authors' contributions trace recent proposals and topics including instrumental and non-instrumental values of artefacts, agency and artefactual agency, values in and around technologies, and the moral significance of technology. The editors' introduction explains that as 'agents' rather than simply passive instruments, technical artefacts may actively influence their users, changing the way they perceive the world, the way they act in the world and the way they interact with each other. This volume features the work of various experts from around the world, representing a variety of positions on the topic. Contributions explore the contested discourse on agency in humans and artefacts, defend the Value Neutrality Thesis by arguing that technological artefacts do not contain, have or exhibit values, or argue that moral agency involves both human and non-human elements.The book also investigates technological fields that are subject to negative moral valuations due to the harmful effects of some of their products. It includes an analysis of some difficulties arising in Artificial Intelligence and an exploration of values in Chemistry and in Engineering. The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts is an advanced exploration of the various dimensions of the relations between technology and morality.
    Abstract: Intro -- Contents -- Chapter 1: Introduction: The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts -- Reference -- Chapter 2: Agency in Humans and in Artifacts: A Contested Discourse -- 2.1 Intentions, Ethics, and Artifacts -- 2.2 Artifacts with Secondary Agency -- 2.3 Artifacts as Delegated Agents -- 2.4 Artifacts and Cultures -- 2.5 Questioning Conclusions -- References -- Chapter 3: Towards a Post-human Intra-actional Account of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality) -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Making Sense of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality) -- 3.2.1 The Inter-actional Human-Centred Account of Sociomaterial Agency -- 3.2.2 The Intra-actional Post-humanist Account of Sociomaterial Agency -- 3.3 Figuring Intra-actional Agency in the Plagiarism Detection Phenomenon -- 3.3.1 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Reconstitution of Writing and Authorship -- 3.3.2 The Emergence of the Phenomenon of Plagiarism -- 3.3.3 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Constitution of the Plagiarist -- 3.3.4 PDS, Education and the Production of Intellectual Property -- 3.4 Intra-actional Agency and Disclosive Ethics -- 3.4.1 Disclosive Archaeology of Phenomena -- 3.4.2 Towards Intra-actional Responsibility -- References -- Chapter 4: Which Came First, the Doer or the Deed? -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Individualism -- 4.3 A Modernist Frame -- 4.4 Composite Agency -- 4.5 A Postmodernist Frame -- 4.6 Zooming Out -- 4.7 Conclusion -- References -- Chapter 5: Some Misunderstandings About the Moral Significance of Technology -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Do Artifacts Have Morality? -- 5.3 Do Artifacts Have Agency? -- 5.4 Can Things Have Intentionality? -- 5.5 Can Freedom Be Technologically Mediated? -- 5.6 Conclusion: Is There a Symmetry Between Humans and Technologies? -- References -- Chapter 6: "Guns Don't Kill, People Kill" -- Values in and/or Around Technologies -- 6.1 Introduction.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references at the end of each chapters. Description based on print version record
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783531184869
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (322 p)
    Edition: 2nd ed
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Digitale Kultur und Kommunikation
    Series Statement: Digitale Kultur und Kommunikation Ser. v.2
    Parallel Title: Print version Digitale Jugendkulturen
    DDC: 305.235
    Keywords: Internet and teenagers.. ; Mass media and youth.. ; Youth ; Social life and customs.. ; Digital media ; Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Jugend ist gegenwärtig nicht nur Offline-Jugend, sondern zugleich Online-Jugend. Auch die in diesem Band im Mittelpunkt stehenden jugendkulturellen Vergemeinschaftungsformen, in deren Rahmen sich Jugendliche selbst darstellen, mit ihrer Identität auseinandersetzen und soziales Miteinander von Gleichgesinnten finden können 'sei es HipHop, Gothic, Techno oder sei es neuerdings die Emo- oder Visual Kei-Szene' sind heute nicht mehr denkbar ohne ihre Erweiterungen im Internet. Insofern sind Jugendkulturen immer auch digitale Jugendkulturen. Freilich nutzen nicht alle jugendkulturellen Gesellunge
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt; Vorwort; Digitale Jugendkulturen; 1. Mediatisierung und Nutzung digitaler Medien durch Jugendliche; 2. Die sozialwissenschaftlichen Diskurse über digitale Jugendkulturen; 3. Abschied von der Netz-Generation; Literatur; I. Kommunikative und kreative Praktiken; Jugendkulturen im Zeitalter der Mediatisierung; 1. Einleitung; 2. Kommunikative Konstitution von Jugendkulturen; 3. Jugendkulturen in mediatisierten Sozialwelten; 4. Fazit und Ausblick; Literatur; Vom Hipster zum Black Metal: True vs. Fake auf YouTube und flickr; 1. YouTube-Research: Clipkategorien
    Description / Table of Contents: 2. POSER, CASTING und DATING: Suchbegriffe für die jugendliche Selbstdarstellung auf YouTube?3. Jugendliche Bild-Gesten als Starpose: Gaahl=Satan; 4. Jugend-Bilder im Web 2.0 als mimetische Selbstdarstellung; Quellen; Anhang; Wenn Spieler Spiele umschreiben; 1. Einleitung; 2. Produktive Umgangsformen mit digitalen Medien; 3. Das Phänomen »Modding«; 4. Modding als manipulative Medienpraxis; 5. Total Conversions am Beispiel Counter-Strike; 6. Soziale Organisation von TC-Teams; 7. Ein Ausblick auf die manipulative Jugend; Literatur; Bildhandeln und Bildkommunikation in Social Network Sites
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Neue bunte Bilderwelten?2. Jugendkulturelle Selbststilisierung gestern und Bildhandeln heute; 3. Die Plastizität des digitalen Bilds; 4. Bilder im (digital) vernetzten, »gläsernen« Archiv; 5. Multilokale Präsenz und Erweiterung des Blick- und Aktionsfeldes; 6. Bilder als Kristallisationspunkt jugendkultureller Vergemeinschaftung; 7. Zusammenfassung und Fazit; Literatur; Zu den Künsten einer JugendKunstOnline: FanArt; 1. Der aktuelle FanArt Turn; 2. Animexx, deviantART und MangaCarta; 3. Dockingstation Kunst; 4. Zur »Kunstnähe« von FanArt; 4.1 Zeichner, Artwork und Galerien
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Kategorien, Stile und Bewertungskriterien5. Zu »genuinen« Fan-Künsten; 5.1 Collaborations und Oekaki; 5.3 Tutorials und Wettbewerbe; 6. Zu Ambivalenzen von FanArt & Kunst; Literatur; Medienkonvergente Interaktionen - Jugendliche im medialen Netz; 1. Einführung; 2. Medien - Nutzung - Konvergenz; 3. KünstlerInnen in den Medien als Ereignis und Media Spectacle; 4. Medienkonvergente Interaktionen - Jugendliche im medialen Netz; 5. Konklusionen; Literatur; II. Identitätssuche und Selbstsozialisation; Digitale Medien - Jugendkulturen - Identität
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Leben im Plural: Identitätsbildung in der Multioptionsgesellschaft2. Jugendund Medienkulturen als Bühnen der Selbstdarstellung; 3. Identitätsinszenierungen im Internet - zwei Fallbeispiele; 3.1 Online-Rollenspieler: Imaginierte Ich-Inszenierungen und Identitätsexperimente in virtuellen Räumen; 3.2 Zwischen Individualität und Konformität: Selbstdarstellungen und soziale Beziehungen auf Facebook; 4. Fazit: Identitätsarbeit online als performative Selbstinszenierung; Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: Girls Media - Feminist Media: Identitätsfindung, Selbstermächtigung und Solidarisierung von Mädchen und Frauen in virtuellen Räu
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    ISBN: 9783658034405
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (405 p)
    Edition: 2nd ed
    Parallel Title: Print version Kompetenz-Bildung
    DDC: 371.9
    Keywords: Interpersonal communication ; Social skills in children ; Social skills in adolescence ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Vor dem Hintergrund veränderter Bedingungen des Aufwachsens wird in der fachöffentlich geführten Bildungsdiskussion der Förderung sozialer, emotionaler und kommunikativer Kompetenzen von Kindern und Jugendlichen eine zunehmende Bedeutung beigemessen. Studien zeigen, dass die Förderung dieser Kompetenzen eine Verbesserung des sozialen Klimas in einer Klasse oder Schule sowie des Leistungsverhaltens zur Folge haben kann. Ist aber Schule der richtige Ort, um soziale, emotionale und kommunikative Kompetenz aufzubauen? Dieser Frage gehen die interdisziplinären Beiträge des Bandes nach, die f
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt; Einführung; Bildung, Kompetenz, Kompetenz-Bildung; 1 Bildungsfragen; 2 Kompetenzdiskurs; 3 Die Beiträge; Literatur; Begriffe - Möglichkeiten - Grenzen; Bildung sozialer, emotionaler und kommunikativer Kompetenzen - ein komplexer Prozess; 1 Individuelle oder kollektive Fähigkeiten ?; 2 Soziale Kompetenz im Spannungsfeld von Gleichaltrigenkultur und schulischer Ordnung; 3 Familiäre und schulische Einflüsse; 4 Bildung sozialer, emotionaler und kommunikativer Kompetenzen: ein komplexer Prozess; Literatur; Soft skills - destruktive Potentiale des Kompetenzdenkens; 1 Einleitend
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Was sind soft skills ?3 „Soft skills", „hard skills" und die viel missbrauchte Eisbergmetapher; 4 Die Attraktivität von Kompetenzmodellen: Kompetenzidealismus; 5 Zur Ideologie des Kompetenzdenkens; 6 „Replace the Negative with the Positive" - zur Moral der soft skills; Literatur; Entwicklungslinien in unterschiedlichen Kontexten; Veränderte Bedingungen des Aufwachsens - Jugendliche zwischen Moratorien, Belastungen und Bewältigungsstrategien; 1 Jugend als heterogene Lebensphase; 2 Die „Doppelrolle" der Familie; 3 Der wachsende Stellenwert der Schule; 4 Freizeit als Bildungszeit
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Peers als Bezugsgrößen im Jugendalter6 Problemverhalten und Entwicklungsprobleme; 6.1 Aufbau von Bewältigungsstrategien; 6.2 Bedingungen für Problembelastungen; 6.3 Deviantes und kriminelles Verhalten; 6.4 Drogenkonsum; 7 Fazit; Literatur; „Freizeit" und „Kultur" als Bildungsorte - Kompetenzerwerb über non-formale und informelle Praxen von Kindern und Jugendlichen; 1 Bildung ist mehr als Schule; 2 Bildung, Freizeit und kulturelle Praxen von Kindern und Jugendlichen - Hinweise und Vergewisserungen; 3 Kompetenzerwerb in informellen und non-formalen Praxen und Kontexten
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Lernen in informellen, nicht organisierten Bildungsräumen - Kinder und Jugendliche zwischen Freundschaftsnetzen und Medien3.2 Selbstbestimmte, institutionalisierte Bildungsräume: Lernmöglichkeiten in Vereinen, Jugendverbänden und über ehrenamtliches Engagement; 3.3 Non-formale, pädagogisch gerahmte Bildungsräume - Szenarien der einrichtungsbezogenen sozialen und kulturellen Kinder- und Jugendarbeit; 4 Blick für informelle und non-formale Formen des Kompetenzerwerbs sensibilisieren - Ausblick; Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: Der Wandel familialen Zusammenlebens und seine Bedeutung für die (schulischen) Bildungsbiographien der Kinder1 Familien heute sind auch alternative Familien; 2 Familien sind Scheidungsfamilien ?; 3 Kinder sind heute geschwisterlose Kinder ?; 4 Familie ist heute Mehrgenerationenfamilie; 5 Mütter sind heute berufstätige Mütter; 6 Familien sind auch arme Familien; 7 Familien sind mediatisierte Familien; 8 Familie ist Aushandlungsfamilie; 9 Eine kurze abschließende Bemerkung; Literatur; Frühkindliche Bildung - Basisbaustein der Bildungskarriere; 1 Zum Begriff „Frühkindliche Bildung"
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Theorien über die Entwicklung des Zugangs zur Welt
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400772113
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (218 p.))
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: International Perspectives on Migration
    Series Statement: EBL-Schweitzer
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Migration, diaspora and identity
    DDC: 304.8
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Emigration and immigration -- Economic aspects ; Emigration and immigration -- Social aspects ; Globalization ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Migration ; Diaspora ; Identität ; Geschlechterrolle
    Abstract: Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; Introduction; Persisting with Difference; Does Diaspora Matter?; Framing the Collection; Multiple Belongings; Representing a Way of Being; Sexualised Identifications; Marriage and Family; The Significance of Gender; Defiantly Different; References; Part I Multiple Belongings; Living on the Move; Beyond the Dichotomous Choice Between Assimilation and Ethnic Closure; Methodology and a Brief Sketch of the Italian Situation; The Development of a Complex Identification; A Supplementary Hypothesis: The Emergence of a New Generational Experience
    Abstract: Diachronic Fluctuations: The Complex Bonds with Memory, Traditions and Family TiesSynchronic Fluctuations: The Complex Bond Between Inclusion and Differentiation; Tactical Ethnicity; References; Muslim Women in Western Preschooling; Introduction; 'Auntie ' as a Term; Communities and Religious Identity; Muslims in Diaspora and Globalisation; Non-Muslim Families; Conclusion; References; 'When I Land in Islamabad I Feel Home and When I Land in Heathrow I Feel Home'; Introduction; Diaspora, Gender and Belonging: 'The Homing of Diaspora,' 'The Diasporising of Home'
    Abstract: Class, Gender and 'Diaspora Space': South Asian Settlers in the City of London, in the Midlands and in the North of EnglandBeing a Londoner' or 'from Yorkshire': 'Heathrow' or What Does It Mean to Live Here and There?; Conclusion; References; Part II Representing a Way of Being; Refugee Women, Education, and Self Authorship; Introduction; Refugee Women, Policy Norms, and Representations; Integrationist Norms and the Microphysics of Power in Settlement Education; Speaking with Refugee Women: Engineering a Reverse Discourse; Capabilities for Freedom; Feedback; An Informed Perspective
    Abstract: Independent Decision Making and Exercising ChoiceEngaging in Debate and Expressing an Informed Position; Developing Skills in Order to Better Understand the Dominant Australian Culture; Cultivating an Open Mind; Developing Critical Enquiry: The Capacity to Question; Discussion; Implications of the Interview Sample to Recommendations; Conclusions; References; Invoking an Ivory Tower; Introduction; Critical Race Theory and Counter Story; Background and Context to Letter; Editorial Correspondence; 'Talking in Circles'; Inverting Relations of Dominance; Selective Readings
    Abstract: Conclusion: Deconstructing an Ivory Tower and the Possibilities for Anti-racismReferences; 'Trouble in the Mall Again' Naming as Social Drama in Multicultural Melbourne; Introduction; Difference and the City; Methodology; The Character of Oakleigh; The Trouble; 'Trouble in the Mall': In Phases; The Breach; Mounting Crises; Redressive Action; Re-integration or Schism?; Analysing the Trouble; Liminal Spaces and the City; Conclusion; References; Beyond Fear and Towards Hope Transnationalism and the Recognition of Rights Across Borders; Introduction: Crossing Borders; Politics of Fear
    Abstract: Transnationalism and Diaspora
    Abstract: Framed in relation to diaspora this collection engages with the subject of how cultural difference is lived and how complex and shifting identities shape and respond to spatial politics of belonging. Diaspora is understood in a variety of ways, which makes this an eclectic collection of papers. Authors use various theoretical frameworks to explore diverse groups of people with a variety of experiences in a wide range of settings. They are making sense of the experiences of women and men from a range of ethnic backgrounds, negotiating identities through family, work and education. The micro dyn
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Language: English
    Edition: Online-Ausg. [S.l.] eblib 2012 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Series 51
    Series Statement: EBL-Schweitzer
    Series Statement: Social indicators research series
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    DDC: 150
    Keywords: Positive psychology ; Electronic books
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781461488118
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (162 p)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Peace Psychology Book Series
    Series Statement: Peace Psychology Book Ser.
    Parallel Title: Print version Community Resilience to Sectarian Violence in Baghdad
    DDC: 155.8
    Keywords: Ethnic Conflict Congresses ; Ethnopsychology Congresses ; Resilience, Psychological Congresses ; Sects ; Social aspects.. ; Iraq ; Religion ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: The recent conflict in Iraq evolved from an insurgency against the interim U.S. led government (the Coalition Provisional Authority or CPA) into a sectarian civil war. Violence became widespread, especially in areas of Baghdad City such as Sadr City, Al Amiriyah, and Al Adhamiya. However, a number of multiethnic neighborhoods in Baghdad successfully prevented sectarian attitudes and behaviors from taking hold. Four communities stand out in their self-organization to prevent the escalation of violence. This book looks at what makes these communities different from other areas within Baghdad. In
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; 1 Introduction; Abstract; Al-Nil Raises a Question; A Subtle Difference; Resilience and Conflict; Methods; Research Sites; Multicultural Iraq; Amiriyya; Adhamiyya; Dura; Sadr City; Zafaraniyya; Bayaa; Palestine Street; Al-Dhubat; Karada and Kuraiaat; Overview of the Book; References; 2 Violence and Extremism: Sources of Sectarian Violence in Baghdad; Abstract; Constructivism, Identity, and Conflict; Identity Conflict Through a Constructivist Lens; Group Identities in Iraq: Religious and Tribal; Conclusion; References; 3 Conflict Drivers; Abstract
    Description / Table of Contents: Global and Regional LevelsState-Level Sources; EliteIndividual Level; References; 4 Conflict Escalation: The Sharpening of Sectarian Identity; Abstract; Psychological Changes; Group Changes; Change in Communities; Conclusion; References; 5 Resilience: Conceptual Foundations; Abstract; What is Resilience?; Regime Characteristics in Baghdad Neighborhoods; Regime Resilience; Modeling Conflict Resilience; Conclusion; References; 6 Social Capital; Abstract; Defining Social Capital; Relations Between People; Crosscutting Bonds; Overlapping Ties; Relations with "the Community"; Sense of Community
    Description / Table of Contents: Citizen ParticipationPlace Attachment; Conclusion; References; 7 Information and Communication; Abstract; Sources: Leaders, Media and Working Trust; Spaces for Information-Sharing and Communication; Narratives; Conclusions; References; 8 Economic Resources; Abstract; Socioeconomic Status; SES and Resilience to Violence; Mechanisms of Influence; Trade Networks; Conclusions; References; 9 Community Competence; Abstract; Psychological Components of Community Competence; Collective Efficacy; Inward Orientation; Behavioral Components of Community Competence
    Description / Table of Contents: Linkages Between Regime Characteristics and Community CompetencyConclusions; References; 10 Looking Ahead; Abstract; Structural Versus Relational Approaches to Resilience; Strengthening Community Resilience; Spaces for Visioning; Collaborative, Crosscutting Projects; Supporting Peace Leaders; Beyond Baghdad?; Concluding Thoughts; References; Author Biography; Index
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    ISBN: 9783658012953
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (208 p)
    Parallel Title: Print version Zwischen Reformeifer und Ernüchterung : Ãœbergänge in beruflichen Lebensläufen
    DDC: 306.3
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: School-to-work transition ; Vocational education ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Konferenzschrift 2012
    Abstract: Bei der Frage der Reformierung des Übergangssystems können wir auf eine über drei Jahrzehnte dauernde Geschichte zurückblicken. Als temporäres Unterstützungsangebot gedacht, zeugen Begriffe wie 'Maßnahmedschungel' und 'Warteschleife' von einer Ernüchterung hinsichtlich der Realisierung von Reformansprüchen beim Übergang von der Schule in die Ausbildung. Dennoch ist der Reformeifer nach wie vor ungebrochen. Die Vielzahl an Programmen und Initiativen signalisieren nicht nur ein wachsendes Problembewusstsein, sondern auch, dass nicht zuletzt durch die Reformen der Reformbedarf steigt. A
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt; Zwischen Reformeifer und Ernüchterung: Übergänge in beruflichen Lebensläufen; Abstract; 1. Das Übergangssystem als Maßnahmen- und Reformdscbungel; 2. Neue Qualität in der Debatte um Reformen des Übergangssystems; Literatur; Zur Bedeutung und künftigen Entwicklung des Übergangsbereiches - Welche Informationen liefert die integrierte Ausbildungsberichterstattung (iABE)?; Abstract; 1. Ausgangslage; 2. Ausbildungsmarkt und Übergangsprobleme; 3. Datenlage zum Übergangsbereich:Die integrierte Ausbildungsbericbterstattung (iADE)
    Description / Table of Contents: 4. Der Übergangsbereich im Vergleich der anderen Bildungssektoren5. Künftige Entwicklung des Übergangsbereiches; 6. Fazit; Literatur; Ausdifferenzierung von Übergangswegen von der Schule in dieAusbildung. Ergebnisse aus Längsschnittstudien des DJI; Abstract; 1. Ausgangssituation; 2. FragesteUungen; 3. Datengrundlage; 4. Ergebnisse; 4.1 Pläne und Wege nach Beendigung der Schule; 4.2 Verlaufstypen von Bildungs- und Ausbildungswegen in den ersten fünf Übergangsjahren3; 4.3 Determinanten der Verlaufstypen; 4.4 Ergebnisse der qualitativen Interviews; 5. Fazit; Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: Biographische Risiken und schulpädagogische MaßnahmenAbstract; 1. Einleitung; 2. Gesellschaftliche Anforderungen, Kompetenz und Lernen; 3. Das Forschungsprojekt; 3.1 Empirische Befunde: Jugendleben in pädagogischen Maßnahmen; 3.2 Jugendphase und Gesellschaftlichkeit; Literatur; Werkschulen in Bremen - Ergebnisse des ESF-Pilotvorhabens""Entwicklung und Implementation eines Konzeptszur Förderung lernbenachteiligter Jugendlicher durchpraxisorientiertes Lernen""; Ahstract; 1. Einleitung; 2. Konzept der Werkschule; 2.1 Vorläufer der Werkschule und gesetzlicher Rahmen
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Gestaltungsprinzipien des Werkschulkonzepts3. Ergebnisse der Befragung; 3.1 Befragungsergebnisse - Werkschulteam; 3.2 Befragungsergebnisse - Schülerinnen und Schüler; 4. Zusammenfassung und Empfehlungen; Literatur; ""Und Sie bewegt sich doch"" - Das HamburgerAusbildungsmodell und die Veränderungen im Übergangssystem; Abstract; 1. Der ""pädagogische Zwischenraum"" - Chancenlosigkeit durch Bildung; 2. Quantitative Veränderungen: Kehrtwende?; 3. Das ""Hamburger Ausbildungsmodell""; 3.1 Politische Entwicklungslinien der Reform der beruflichen Bildung in Hamburg
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Erste Konturierung des ""Hamburger Ausbildungsmodells""3.2.1 Neue Übergangsstrukturen; 4. Zwischenstand; 5. Fazit; Literatur; Zielkonßikte beruflicher Qualifizierung zwischen Bildungs-, Wirtschafts- und Sozialpolitik; Abstract; 1. Vorbemerkungen; 2. Die These vom Übergangssystem als Kollateralschaden der dualenBerufsaushildung; 3. Das strukturelle Dilemma eines weltweit anerkannten Qualifizierungskonzeptes; 4. Fazit; Literatur; Das Übergangsgeschehen - ein neues ""Dispositiv der Macht""?Bericht über eine Verblüffung; Abstract; 1. Einleitung; 2. Eine merkwürdige Gemengelage
    Description / Table of Contents: 3. Wahrnehmungen und Diskurse
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400763685
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 639 p. 43 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Public health ; Quality of Life Research ; Quality of Life ; Applied psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Psychology ; Quality of Life Research ; Applied psychology ; Südafrika ; Positive Psychologie ; Wohlbefinden
    Abstract: Contributors -- Preface -- Chapter 1. Introduction; Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 2. Toward Fortigenesis and Fortology: An Informed Essay; Deodandus J. W. Strumpfer -- Chapter 3. Positive Psychology and Education; Irma Eloff -- Chapter 4. Life Design: An Approach to Managing Diversity in South Africa; Jacobus G. Maree -- Chapter 5. Teacher Pathways to Resilience: Interpretations of Teacher Adjustment to HIV/AIDS-related Challenges; Linda Theron -- Chapter 6. Building generative theory from case work: The relationship-resourced resilience model; Liesel Ebersohn -- Chapter 7. From Happiness to Flourishing at Work: A Southern African Perspective; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 8. Resilience and Thriving among Health Professionals; Henriëtte van den Berg -- Chapter 9. Measuring Happiness: Results of a Cross-National Study; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 10. Further validation of the General Psychological Well-being Scale among a Setswana-speaking group; Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Q. Michael Temane and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 11. Feeling Good, Functioning Well and Being True: Reflections on Selected Findings from the FORT Research Programme; Marié P. Wissing and Michael Temane -- Chapter 12. Coping and Cultural Context: Implications for Psychological Health and Well-being; Marelize Willers, Johan C. Potgieter, Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Leoné Malan, Paul J. Mentz, and Suria Ellis -- Chapter 13. Aspects of Family Resilience in Various Groups of South African Families; Abraham P. Greeff -- Chapter 14. Psychological Well-being, Physical Health, and the Quality of Life of a Group of Farm Workers in South Africa: The FLAGH study; Sammy, M. Thekiso, Karel, F. H. Botha, Marié P. Wissing and Annamarie Kruger -- Chapter 15. The Pivotal Role of Social Support in the Well-being of Adolescents; Henriëtte S. Van den Berg, Ancel A. George, Edwin D. Du Plessis, Anja Botha, Natasha Basson, Marisa De Villiers and Solomon Makola -- Chapter 16. Older Adults’ Coping with Adversities in an African Context: A Spiritually Informed Relational Perspective; Vera Roos -- Chapter 17. Asset-based Coping as One Way of Dealing with Vulnerability; Ronél Ferreira -- Chapter 18.Relational Coping Strategies of Older Adults with Drought in a Rural African Context; Vera Roos, Shingairai Chigeza and Dewald van Niekerk -- Chapter 19. The Stories of Resilience in a Group of Professional Nurses in South Africa; Magdalene P Koen, Chrizanne van Eeden, Marié Wissing and Vicki Koen -- Chapter 20. Psychosocial Health: Disparities between Urban and Rural Communities; Marié P. Wissing, Q. Michael Temane, Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Annamarie Kruger and Hester H.Vorster -- Chapter 21. Multi-cultural differences in hope and goal-achievement; David J. F. Maree and Marinda Maree -- Chapter 22. The Role of Gender and Race in Sense of Coherence and Hope Orientation Results; Sanet van der Westhuizen (née Coetzee), Marié de Beer and Nomfusi Bekwa -- Chapter 23. Self-Regulation as Psychological Strength in South Africa: A Review; Karel Botha -- Chapter 24. Commitment as an identity-level regulatory process in academic and interpersonal contexts; Salomé Human-Vogel -- Chapter 25. Facilitating psychological well-being through hypnotherapeutic interventions; Tharina Guse and Gerda Fourie -- Chapter 26. Positive Psychology and Subclinical Eating Disorders; Doret Kirsten and Wynand F. Du Plessis -- Chapter 27. Evaluation of a Programme to Enhance Flourishing in Adolescents; Izanette Van Schalkwyk and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 28. Conclusions and Challenges for Further Research; Marié P. Wissing
    Abstract: This is the first book to bring together examples of research in positive psychology / psychofortology conducted in the multi-cultural South African context with its diverse populations and settings. The volume reflects basic as well as applied well-being research in the multicultural South African context, as conducted in various contexts and with a variety of methods and foci. Theoretical, review, and empirical research contributions are made, reflecting positivist to constructivist approaches, and include quantitative, qualitative, and mixed-method approaches. Some findings support universality assumptions, but others uncovered unique cultural patterns. Chapters report on well-being research conducted in the domains of education, work, health, and family, and in clinical, urban vs. rural, and unicultural vs. multicultural contexts. Studies span the well-being of adolescents, adults, and older people, and topics include resilience in individuals, families, and groups, measurement issues and coping processes, the role of personal and contextual variables, and facets such as hope, spirituality, self-regulation, and interventions
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction; References; Chapter 2: Towards Fortigenesis and Fortology: An Informed Essay; Central Constructs; Salutogenesis; Fortigenesis; Fortology; Continua; Positive Psychology; Antonovsky a Positive Psychologist?; Sense of Coherence and Generalized Resistance Resources; General Psychosocial Well-Being; Resiling; Self-efficacy; Genetics and Neuroscience; Culture; Independent and Dependent Construals; Social Support; Implications of Culture for Conceptualization; Implications of Culture for Positive Thinking; Systems Thinking; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Positive Psychology and EducationPositive Psychology Within Education; The Potential of Teaching Positive Psychology; The Broaden-and-Build Theory; Strengths in Individuals and Systems; Assessing for Strengths; The Need to Understand Cultural Interpretations; Beyond the Reactionary Phase; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Life Design: An Approach to Managing Diversity in South Africa; Goals of the Chapter; Reason for Narrative Approaches; Impact of Global Changes in the Workplace on People's Lifestyles
    Description / Table of Contents: Overview of the Interplay Between the Waves in Psychology, the Economy, and Career Counselling Over the Past 120 YearsLink Between Helping Models in Career Counselling and Economic Waves (Molitor, 1999, 2000 ; Savickas, 2006a, 2006b, 2007b, 2007c); Factors Emphasized During Each of the Four Economic Waves and Concurrent Helping Models in Career Counselling (Savickas, 2006a, 2006b, 2007b); Epistemological Approaches That Have Underpinned the Practice of Career Counselling; The Traditional Approach to Career Counselling; A Qualitative (Narrative) Approach to Career Counselling
    Description / Table of Contents: Social ConstructionismSavickas' Theory of Career Construction Counselling for Life Designing; Savickas' Career Construction Theory; Life Design; Factors That Can Influence the Life Design Counselling Process; Career Adaptability; Practical Implications of the Movement Towards a Qualitative-Quantitative Approach to Career Counselling; General Orientation; Career Counselling Failing Non-European Clients; Imbalances in the South African Economy; The Need for a More Appropriate Theoretical and Practical Base for Career Counselling in South Africa
    Description / Table of Contents: Addressing the Psychosocial Needs of the South African PopulationFramework for Career Counselling in South Africa; A Word of Caution: State of the African Economy; Value of Life Design Counselling in South Africa; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Teacher Pathways to Resilience: Interpretations of Teacher Adjustment to HIV/AIDS-Related Challenges; Pathways to Resilience: A Conceptualization; Pathways to Teacher Resilience; Intrapersonal Pathways to Resilience; Interpersonal Pathways to Resilience; Existential Pathways to Resilience; Method; Research Design; Case One; Case Two; Case Three
    Description / Table of Contents: Data Generation and Analysis
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors -- Preface -- Chapter 1. Introduction; Marié  P. Wissing -- Chapter 2. Toward Fortigenesis and Fortology: An Informed Essay; Deodandus J. W. Strumpfer -- Chapter 3. Positive Psychology and Education; Irma Eloff -- Chapter 4. Life Design: An Approach to Managing Diversity in South Africa; Jacobus G. Maree -- Chapter 5. Teacher Pathways to Resilience: Interpretations of Teacher Adjustment to HIV/AIDS-related Challenges; Linda Theron -- Chapter 6. Building generative theory from case work: The relationship-resourced resilience model; Liesel Ebersohn -- Chapter 7. From Happiness to Flourishing at Work: A Southern African Perspective; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 8. Resilience and Thriving among Health Professionals; Henriëtte van den Berg -- Chapter 9. Measuring Happiness: Results of a Cross-National Study; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 10. Further validation of the General Psychological Well-being Scale among a Setswana-speaking group; Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Q. Michael Temane and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 11. Feeling Good, Functioning Well and Being True: Reflections on Selected Findings from the FORT Research Programme; Marié P. Wissing and Michael Temane -- Chapter 12. Coping and Cultural Context: Implications for Psychological Health and Well-being; Marelize Willers, Johan C. Potgieter, Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Leoné Malan, Paul J. Mentz, and Suria Ellis -- Chapter 13. Aspects of Family Resilience in Various Groups of South African Families; Abraham P. Greeff -- Chapter 14. Psychological Well-being, Physical Health, and the Quality of Life of a Group of Farm Workers in South Africa: The FLAGH study; Sammy, M. Thekiso, Karel, F. H. Botha, Marié P. Wissing  and Annamarie Kruger -- Chapter 15. The Pivotal Role of Social Support in the Well-being of Adolescents; Henriëtte S. Van den Berg, Ancel  A. George, Edwin D. Du Plessis, Anja Botha, Natasha Basson,  Marisa De Villiers and Solomon Makola -- Chapter 16. Older Adults’ Coping with Adversities in an African Context: A Spiritually Informed Relational Perspective; Vera Roos -- Chapter 17. Asset-based Coping as One Way of Dealing with Vulnerability; Ronél Ferreira -- Chapter 18.Relational Coping Strategies of Older Adults with Drought in a Rural African Context; Vera Roos, Shingairai Chigeza and Dewald van Niekerk -- Chapter 19. The Stories of Resilience in a Group of Professional Nurses in South Africa; Magdalene P Koen, Chrizanne van Eeden, Marié Wissing and Vicki Koen -- Chapter 20. Psychosocial Health: Disparities between Urban and Rural Communities; Marié P. Wissing, Q. Michael Temane, Itumeleng P. Khumalo,  Annamarie Kruger and Hester H.Vorster -- Chapter 21. Multi-cultural differences in hope and goal-achievement; David J. F. Maree and Marinda Maree -- Chapter 22. The Role of Gender and Race in Sense of Coherence and Hope Orientation Results; Sanet van der Westhuizen (née Coetzee), Marié de Beer and Nomfusi Bekwa -- Chapter 23. Self-Regulation as Psychological Strength in South Africa: A Review; Karel Botha -- Chapter 24. Commitment as an identity-level regulatory process in academic and interpersonal contexts; Salomé Human-Vogel -- Chapter 25. Facilitating psychological well-being through hypnotherapeutic interventions; Tharina Guse and Gerda Fourie -- Chapter 26. Positive Psychology and Subclinical Eating Disorders; Doret Kirsten and Wynand F. Du Plessis -- Chapter 27. Evaluation of a Programme to Enhance Flourishing in Adolescents; Izanette Van Schalkwyk and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 28. Conclusions and Challenges for Further Research; Marié P. Wissing.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    ISBN: 9783531194837
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (275 p)
    Parallel Title: Print version Mobile Learning : Potenziale, Einsatzszenarien und Perspektiven des Lernens mit mobilen Endgeräten
    DDC: 302.23
    Keywords: Mobile communication systems in education ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Mobile Learning - das Lernen mithilfe von kleinen drahtlosen Geräten wie Smartphones - etabliert sich als Möglichkeit, selbstgesteuerte Lernprozesse in tägliche Arbeitsabläufe einzubinden, ortsunabhängig Zugang zu Informationen, sozialen Netzwerken oder Lern- und Arbeitswerkzeugen zu haben bzw. auf kleine Lerneinheiten für einen situativen Abruf zugreifen zu können. Unternehmen und (Hoch-)Schulen haben das Potential mobilen Lernens entdeckt. In diesem Sammelband wird das Thema Mobile Learning grundlegend behandelt. Zudem berichten die AutorInnen aus Wirtschaft und Hochschule anhand von Praxi
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt; 1 Einleitung; Literatur; Teil I Lernen, Arbeiten und Forschen mit Mobile Learning; 2 Vom E-Learning zum Mobile Learning - wie Smartphones und Tablet PCs Lernen und Arbeit verbinden; 2.1 Einleitung: Mobilität als Schlüsselwort unserer Gesellschaft; 2.2 Mobile Learning als Lernform einer mobilen Gesellschaft; 2.3 Mobile Learning als Erweiterung des E-Learning; 2.4 Kontextualisierung; 2.5 Mobiles Lernen im Kontext der Arbeit; 2.6 Die Notwendigkeit von Theorien des Lernens und der Bildung im mobilen Zeitalter; 2.7 Ausblick; 2.8 Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Mobiles Lernen - Systematik, Theorien und Praxis eines noch jungen Forschungsfeldes3.1 Einleitung; 3.1.1 Mobiles Lernen ist …; 3.1.2 Mobiles Lernen will …; 3.2 Die Systematik der medienpädagogischen und erziehungswissen-schaftlichen Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.1 Kontexte der Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.2 Argumentative Bezugspunkte der Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.3 Handlungspraktiken der an der Mobile Learning-Diskussion Beteiligten schaffen die Legitimationsbasis der Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.4 Struktur des Wissenschaftsprozesses der Mobile Learning-Diskussion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Theorien, Konzepte und Modelle der Mobile Learning-Diskussion3.3.1 Lernende im Zentrum: Theoretischer und konzeptioneller Rahmen der Sozio-kulturellen Ökologie Mobilen Lernens; 3.3.2 „Lernergenerierte Contexte" als Ressource, Konstruktionsprozess und Möglichkeitsraum; 3.4 Praxis des Mobilen Lernens im Kontext Schule; 3.4.1 Drei Ansätze bei der Implementierung von Mobilem Lernen in die (Unter-richts-) Praxis; 3.4.2 Öffnung des Schulunterrichts; 3.4.3 Gegensätze, Widersprüche und Brüche; 3.4.4 Lehrende als Moderatoren
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.5 Lernendenperspektive als Chance, Strukturen im Lernprozess zu revidieren3.5 Abschließende Bemerkungen; 3.6 Literatur; 4 Innovation und Trends für Mobiles Lernen; 4.1 Einleitung; 4.2 Expertenstudie zum Mobilen Lernen; 4.3 Trends und Zukunftsperspektiven Mobilen Lernens; 4.3.1 Smartphones als persönliche Lernportale; 4.3.2 Ortsbasierte und kontextsensitive Lerntechnologie; 4.3.3 Mobile Augmented Reality; 4.3.4 Tangible Interfaces und Smart-Objects; 4.3.5 Die Cloud für unterbrechungsfreies Lernen; 4.3.6 Mobile Lernspiele; 4.3.7 Situierte Ambient Displays; 4.4 Diskussion und Ausblick
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Literatur5 Informelles Mobiles Lernen; 5.1 Einleitung; 5.2 Annäherung an informelles Mobiles Lernen; 5.2.1 Informelles Lernen; 5.2.2 Mobiles Lernen; 5.2.3 Informelles Mobiles Lernen; 5.3 Lerntheoretische und didaktische Bezugspunkte zum informellen Mobilen Lernen; 5.3.1 Lerntheoretische Bezugspunkte informellen Mobilen Lernens; 5.3.2 Didaktisch-methodische Ansatzpunkte; 5.3.3 Anwendungsbeispiele informellen Mobilen Lernens; 5.3.4 Möglichkeiten zur Erfassung und Beschreibung informellen MobilenLernens; 5.4 Kritische Betrachtungen; 5.5 Fazit; 5.6 Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: Teil II Mobile Learning an Universitäten
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    ISBN: 9789400762084
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Disentangling migration and climate change
    DDC: 304.81
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Klimawandel ; Soziale Folgen ; Internationale Migration ; Menschenrechte ; Umweltschutz ; Welt ; Climatic changes ; Social aspects.. ; Emigration and immigration ; Social aspects.. ; Emigration and immigration ; Environmental aspects ; Electronic books ; Population geography ; Climatic changes ; Environmental aspects ; Human ecology ; Konferenzschrift ; Klimaänderung ; Internationale Migration ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This book examines the inter-relationship between climate change and migration. It focuses on planned relocation as a policy response to environmentally induced forced migration and analyzes human rights to protect people threatened by environmental change.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    ISBN: 9789400755741
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 202 p. 27 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advances in Group Decision and Negotiation 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Computer science ; Culture Study and teaching ; Application software ; Computational intelligence ; Psychology ; Computer Science ; Computer science ; Social sciences Data processing ; Engineering ; Regional planning ; Philosophy (General)
    Abstract: With increasing globalization of business and science, cultural differences of the parties are an important factor that affects the process and outcomes of collaborative and self-interested interactions. The social science literature on culture, human collaboration and negotiation is mostly devoted to work within the same culture. Computer science and Artificial intelligence researchers have developed computational models of cooperation, conflict resolution and negotiation without paying a great deal of attention to identifying and modelling cultural factors. The interest in understanding inter-cultural interactions has increased substantially and has led to greater interest of social scientists and computational scientists in theoretical and experimental analysis of inter-cultural exchanges, modelling and support. The aim of this volume is to bridge the gap and bring these communities together to share research work and experiences, discuss ideas and forge interdisciplinary collaborative relations
    Description / Table of Contents: Models for Intercultural Collaboration and Negotiation; Foreword; Contents; A Formal Definition of Culture; 1 Introduction; 2 Defining Culture; 3 A Formal Definition of Culture. The Version Without States; 4 Measures for the Comparison of Cultures; 4.1 Measuring Culture as a Snapshot; 4.1.1 Culture; 4.1.2 Culture of a Group; 4.1.3 A Culture of an Individual and a Culture of a Group; 4.1.4 A Culture of a Group and a Culture of Another Group; 4.2 Example; 5 A Case Study; 5.1 Scenario Description; 5.2 Applying Our Approach; 5.3 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 A Formal Definition of Culture. The Version with States7 Related Work and Discussion; 8 Conclusions; References; Toward a Contextualized Cultural Framework; 1 Introduction; 2 Theoretical Background; 2.1 Moving Beyond the Traditional Value-Based Approach: The Consideration of Context; 3 A Contextualized Framework of Culture; 3.1 Development of a Contextualized Cultural Framework; 3.2 Internal Sources That Influence Culture; 3.2.1 Cultural Values; 3.2.2 Individualism-Collectivism; 3.2.3 Locus of Control; 3.2.4 Power Distance; 3.2.5 Masculinity-Femininity
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.6 Long-Term vs. Short Term Orientation3.3 Affective Dimensions; 3.3.1 Emotional Expressivity and Control; 3.4 Motivational Dimensions; 3.4.1 Self-Enhancement and Self-Criticism; 3.4.2 Uncertainty Reduction; 3.5 External Sources That Influence Culture; 3.5.1 Social Context; 3.5.2 Geography; 3.5.3 Language; 3.5.4 Political Context; 3.6 Types of Cross-National, Cross-Cultural Studies; 4 Measurement Issues; 5 Discussion; 6 Conclusion; References; Toward a Unified Negotiation Framework: Leveraging Strengths in Behavioral and Computational Communities; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Negotiation Research: Different Perspectives3 The Present Framework; 3.1 Utilities; 3.2 Agent-Internal States; 3.3 Agent-Internal Reasoning; 3.4 Externally-Observable Behavior and Characteristics; 4 Conclusions; References; A Model of Culture in Trading Agents; 1 Introduction; 2 Related Work; 3 Modeling Approach; 4 Research Questions; 5 Hofstede's Dimensions and Their Effects on Trade; 5.1 Masculinity Versus Femininity; 5.2 Individualism Versus Collectivism; 5.3 Power Distance; 5.4 Uncertainty Avoidance; 5.5 Long-Term Versus Short-Term Orientation
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.6 The Joint Effects of Hofstede's Dimensions5.7 Partner Selection; 5.8 Negotiation; 5.9 Opportunism and Trust; 6 Simulation Examples; 7 Conclusion; References; How Do I Trust Thee? Dynamic Trust Patterns and Their Individual and Social Contextual Determinants; 1 Introduction; 2 Phases of Trust; 2.1 Trust Formation; 2.2 Trust Dissolution; 2.3 Trust Restoration; 3 Defining Trust Trajectories; 3.1 High Trust Profile: Fast Formation, Slow Dissolution, Fast Restoration; 3.2 High Distrust Profile: Slow Formation, Fast Dissolution, and Slow Restoration
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Tit-for-Tat Trust Profile: Fast Formation, Fast Dissolution, and Fast Restoration
    Description / Table of Contents: Gerald F. Goodwin: Forword to the Volume -- Birukou, A., Blanzieri, E., Giorgini, P., & Giunchiglia, F. A: Formal Definition of Culture -- Salazar, M. R., Shuffler, M. L., Bedwell, W. L., and  Salas, E.: Toward A Contextualized Cultural Framework -- Turan, N., Dai, T., Sycara, K., Weingart, L.: Toward a Unified Negotiation Framework: Leveraging Strengths in Behavioral and Computational Communities -- Hofstede, G. J., Jonker, C., Werwaart, T. A: Model of Culture in Trading Agents -- Fulmer, C. A., & Gelfand, M. J.: How Do I Trust Thee? Dynamic Trust Patterns and Their Individual and Social Contextual Determinants -- Jassin, K., Sheik, H., Obeid, N., Argo, N., Ginges, J.: Negotiating Cultural Conflicts Over Sacred Values -- Bui-Wrzosinska, L., Gelfand, M. J., Nowak, A., & Severance, L.: Studying trajectories of conflict escalation -- Dudik, M., & Gordon, G. J.: A Game-Theoretic Approach to Modeling Cross-Cultural Negotiation -- Paruchuri, P., Chakraborty, N., Zivan, R., Sycara, K., Dudik, M., & Gordon, G.: POMDP Based Negotiation modeling -- de Raad, W. E., Nowak, A., & Borkowski, W.: Modeling Dynamics of Multicultural Integration and Conflict.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9789400751316
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 175 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 37
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Education Philosophy ; Industrial management ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Education Philosophy ; Industrial management ; Unternehmensethik ; Unternehmen ; Komplexes System ; Metareflexion
    Abstract: Corporations, and the environments in which they operate, are complex, with changing multiple dimensions, and an inherent capacity to evolve qualitatively. A central premise of this study is that a postmodern reading of ethics represents an expression of, and an engagement with, the ethical complexities that define the business landscape. In particular, the deconstructive philosophy of Jacques Derrida offers a non-trivial reading of a complex notion of ethics, and thereby helps us to develop the skills necessary to critique and intervene in our practices, and to develop robust strategies for living in the absence of prescriptive ethical frameworks. Although a central premise of this study is that substantive ethical claims can only be generated within a given context, the study nevertheless presents readers with a meta-position that illustrates the type of considerations that should inform ethical reflection from a complexity perspective. In order to illustrate the value that this meta-position holds for business ethics, these considerations are explored in terms of the implications that they hold for our understanding of corporate social responsibility, for the practice of responsible management and leadership practices, and for teaching business ethics.
    Description / Table of Contents: On the (Im) Possibility of Business Ethics; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Part I: Theoretical Foundation; Chapter 1: Towards a Postmodern Understanding of Business Ethics; Introduction; Characterising Postmodernism; Analytic Distinctions; (Anti)Ideological Distinctions; The Crisis of Representation; The Provisionality of Meaning; Reflexivity; The Decentring of the Subject; Assessing the Viability of a Postmodern Business Ethics; Walton´s Scepticism; Gustafson´s Defence of Postmodernism; Postmodern Insights: Redefining the Agenda for Business Ethics
    Description / Table of Contents: The Status of Contesting Knowledge ClaimsThe Ethical Task: Learning to Reflect on, and Engage with, Ethical Problems; Performative Reflexivity and Moral Judgement; The Ethical Task: Broadening Perspectives on Available Choices; The Contextually-Defined Nature of Ethical Practices; The Ethical Task: Nurturing a Critical Disposition; Critical Challenges: Problematising the Fact-Value Distinction; The Fields of Business Ethics; The Normative Field; The Descriptive Field; The Postmodern Challenge; Problematising Descriptive Ethics; Problematising Normative Ethics; Implications
    Description / Table of Contents: Postmodern Ethics as an Ethics of PracticeReferences; Chapter 2: The Ethics of Complexity and the Complexity of Ethics; Introduction; Characterising Critical Complexity; Two Understandings of Complexity Theory; Restricted Complexity; General Complexity; Features of Complex Systems; Complex Systems Are Not Complicated Systems; Complex Systems Are Characterised by Richly Interconnected Components; The Component Parts of Complex Systems Have a Double-Identity; Upward and Downward Causation Give Rise to Complex Structures; Complex Systems Are Non-additive
    Description / Table of Contents: Complex Systems Exhibit Self-Organising and Emergent BehaviourComplex Systems Are Structured; Complex Systems Are Open and Bounded Systems; Ethical Implications; The Ethics of Complexity and the Limits of Knowledge; The Status of Our Models; Reductionism in the Social Sciences; Modelling and the Importance of a Double-Consciousness; The Embeddedness of Ethical Practices: Positioning the Moral Agent; Static Versus Fluid Conceptions of Identity; Moral Agency in a Complex World; The Complexity of Ethics and Responsible Action; Towards a Meta-Ethical Position; The Provisional Imperative
    Description / Table of Contents: Postmodernism, Complexity, and Theories of the OrganisationReferences; Chapter 3: Introducing a Deconstructive Ethics; Introduction; Derrida´s Central Concepts; Beyond Logocentricism; Hierarchy and Authority; (Con)text; The Example of Speech and Writing; On Deconstructing; The First and Second Movements of Deconstruction; Revisiting the Example of Speech and Writing; Beyond a Binary Logic; Supplementary Complications; Play, Différance, and the Trace; Deconstructing Plato´s Pharmacy; Deconstruction Is Hymeneal; Complexity, Deconstruction, and Ethics; The Ethics of Deconstruction
    Description / Table of Contents: Ethical Testimony
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400748071
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 313 p. 30 illus., 5 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: International Archives of the History of Ideas Archives internationales d'histoire des idées 208
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Science in the age of Baroque
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; History ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Naturwissenschaften ; Kultur ; Geschichte 1600-1700
    Abstract: This volume examines the New Science of the 17th century in the context of Baroque culture, analysing its emergence as an integral part of the high culture of the period. The collected essays explore themes common to the new practices of knowledge production and the rapidly changing culture surrounding them, as well as the obsessions, anxieties and aspirations they share, such as the foundations of order, the power and peril of mediation and the conflation of the natural and the artificial. The essays also take on the historiographical issues involved: the characterization of culture in general and culture of knowledge in particular; the use of generalizations like ‘Baroque’ and the status of such categories; and the role of these in untangling the historical complexities of the tumultuous 17th century. The canonical protagonists of the ‘Scientific Revolution’ are considered, and so are some obscure and suppressed figures: Galileo side by side with Scheiner;Torricelli together with Kircher; Newton as well as Scilla. The coupling of Baroque and Science defies both the still-triumphalist historiographies of the Scientific Revolution and the slight embarrassment that the Baroque represents for most cultural-national histories of Western Europe. It signals a methodological interest in tensions and dilemmas rather than self-affirming narratives of success and failure, and provides an opportunity for reflective critique of our historical categories which is valuable in its own right.
    Description / Table of Contents: Science in the Age of Baroque; Contents; Chapter 1: Baroque Modes and the Production of Knowledge; Introduction: The Great Opposition; The Papers 2 : Shades of Baroque; Conclusion: Dilemmas and Anxieties; Notes; References; Part I: Order; Chapter 2: What Was the Relation of Baroque Culture to the Trajectory of Early Modern Natural Philosophy?; Introduction: Thinking About "Baroque Science"; Constructing the Category of Natural Philosophy-Natural Philosophising as Culture and Process
    Description / Table of Contents: Phases and Stages in the 'Scientific Revolution' Seen as an Unfolding Process in the Field of Natural PhilosophisingThe Dynamics and Rules of Natural Philosophical Contestation During the 'Crisis Within a Crisis' Phase; Articulation on Subordinate Disciplines: Grammar and Specific Utterance; Find or Steal Discoveries, Novelties or Facts, Including Experimental Ones; Bend or Brake Aristotle's Rules About Mathematics and Natural Philosophy: The Gambit of 'Physico-mathematics'; "Hot Spots" of Articulation Contest: Additional Causes and Effects of a Field in Crisis
    Description / Table of Contents: The Mechanics of Responding to 'Outside' Challenges and OpportunitiesRecruitment of Baroque Behaviours, Norms and Identities?; An Additional, Surprising, Conjectural Finding; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: "Bent and Directed Towards Him": A Stylistic Analysis of Kircher's Sunflower Clock; Kircher's Sunflower Clock Reassessed; The Baroque Style; The Problem of Style; The Baroque Problem; A Stylistic Analysis; Clocks; Magnetism; Sunflowers; A Baroque Instrument; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: From Divine Order to Human Approximation: Mathematics in Baroque Science; Kepler and Newton
    Description / Table of Contents: Kepler and PerfectionNewton and the Moving Aphelia; Kepler's ISL; The ISL After Kepler; Newton's ISL; Conclusion; References; Part II: Vision; Chapter 5: "The Quality of Nothing:" Shakespearean Mirrors and Kepler's Visual Economy of Science; Introduction; Shakespearean Mirrors and the End of Renaissance Science; Kepler's Astronomical Speculations, Aristotelian Metabasis and Renaissance Imagination; Keplerian Shadows on a Wall; Towards Baroque Modes of Observation; References; Chapter 6: Agostino Scilla: A Baroque Painter in Pursuit of Science; Introduction; The Making of a Learned Painter
    Description / Table of Contents: From Messina to RomeThe Genesis of a Scientific Conversation; Seeing Fossils Like a Painter; References; Chapter 7: What Exactly Was Torricelli's "Barometer?"; Introduction; "Torricelli's Barometer:" The Extant Sources; Rethinking Torricelli's Esperienza of 1644; Torricelli's Mercury Esperienza as Baroque Performance; Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: William Harvey and the Way of the Artisan; Introduction; Harvey's Way of Inquiry; The Problem of Inquiry; The Priority of Experience; The Way of the Artisan; The Particular; Apprenticeship and Experience; Artisans and Trust
    Description / Table of Contents: William Harvey and the Way of the Artisan
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Ofer Gal and Raz Chen Morris: Baroque Modes and the Production of Knowledge -- A. Order -- 2. John Schuster: What Was the Relation of Baroque Culture to the Trajectory of Early Modern Natural Philosophy? -- 3. Koen Vermeir: “Bent And Directed Towards Him:” A Baroque Perspective on Kircher’s Sunflower Clock -- 4. Ofer Gal: From Divine Order to Human Approximation: Mathematics in Baroque Science -- B. Vision -- 5. Raz Chen-Morris: “The Quality of Nothing,” Or Kepler's Visual Economy of Science -- 6. Paula Findlen: Agostino Scilla:  A Baroque Painter in Pursuit of Science -- 7. J.B. Shank: What Exactly Was “Torricelli’s Barometer?” -- 8. Alan Salter: William Harvey and the Way of the Artisan -- C. Excess -- 9. John Gascoigne: Crossing the Pillars of Hercules: Francis Bacon, the Scientific Revolution and the New World -- 10. Nicholas Dew: The Hive and the Pendulum: Universal Metrology and Baroque Science.-11. Victor Boantza: Chymical Philosophy and Boyle’s Incongruous Philosophical Chymistry.-12 Rivka Feldhay: The Simulation of Nature and the Dissimulation of the Law on a Baroque Stage: Galileo and the Church Revisited​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752610
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 192 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Sophia Studies in Cross-cultural Philosophy of Traditions and Cultures 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Aquinas, education and the East
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, medieval ; Philosophy, modern ; Education Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, medieval ; Philosophy, modern ; Education Philosophy ; Thomas, ; Aquinas, Saint, 1225?-1274 ; Education ; Philosophy ; Philosophy, Asian ; Civilization, Oriental ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Erziehung ; Thomas von Aquin, Heiliger 1225-1274 ; Östliche Philosophie
    Abstract: A confluence of scholarly interest has resulted in a revival of Thomistic scholarship across the world. Several areas in the investigation of St. Thomas Aquinas, however, remain under-explored. This volume contributes to two of these neglected areas. First, the volume evaluates the contemporary relevance of St. Thomas's views for the philosophy and practice of education. The second area explored involves the intersections of the Angelic Doctor’s thought and the numerous cultures and intellectual traditions of the East. Contributors to this section examine the reception, creative appropriation, and various points of convergence between St. Thomas and the East
    Description / Table of Contents: Aquinas, Education and the East; Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; Introduction; Part I: Aquinas and Education: Understanding and Extending Aquinas; Aquinas and His Understanding of Teaching and Learning; 1 Introduction; 2 Teaching and Learning; 3 Conclusion; End Notes; References; Aquinas on Connaturality and Education; 1 Introduction; 2 Philosophical Anthropology and Its Ontological Background in Aquinas; 3 Virtues and Connatural Knowledge; 4 Applications to Contemporary Education; End Notes; References; Aquinas and the Second Person in the Formation of Virtues
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Mystery of Aquinas' Virtue Ethics2 The Gifts and the Second Person; 3 The Fruits and Interpersonal Resonance; 4 Implications of the Second Person for Virtue Formation; End Notes; References; Aquinas on Shame: A Contemporary Interchange; 1 Contexts, Aims and Methodologies; 2 Meaning and Role of Shame; 3 Aquinas: Subversive About Shame?; 4 Final Observations; End Notes; References; Part II: Aquinas and the East: Comparative Approaches; Can Morality Be Taught? Aquinas and Mencius on Moral Education; 1 Aquinas on Education; 2 Aquinas and Mencius on Education: A Comparative Reading
    Description / Table of Contents: End NotesReferences; Exemplars for the Moral Education of Beginners in the Religious Life: Aquinas and Dōgen; End Notes; References; The Simplicity of the Ultimate: East and West; 1 Introduction; 2 The Fascination of Simplicity; 3 Religious Resistance to Simplicity; 4 Bringing Nirvāna Down to Earth; 5 Conclusion; End Notes; References; Aquinas and Locke on Empiricism, Epistemology, and Education; 1 Introduction; 2 Aquinas on Scientia and the Teacher; 3 Locke on Knowledge and Education; 4 Conclusion; End Notes; References; Part III: Education and the East: Reflections on Educational Policy
    Description / Table of Contents: Reorganising Schools as Social Enterprises: Play Schools and Gifted Education1 Introduction; 2 Play Schools; 3 Gifted Education; 4 Memoria Christi: Final Thoughts; End Notes; References; Education for All and International Cooperation for Education Development: Ongoing Implications for National Policy in the Philippines; 1 Preamble; 2 Regional Cooperation: A Philippine Perspective; 3 Education Reform Programs 1990 - Present Day; 4 Current Situation; 5 Implications for Policy; References; Index
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    ISBN: 9789400744646
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 156 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Frápolli, María José, 1960 - The nature of truth
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Pragmatism ; Semantics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Pragmatism ; Semantics ; Truth ; Wahrheit ; Wahrheit
    Abstract: The book offers a characterization of the meaning and role of the notion of truth in natural languages and an explanation of why, in spite of the big amount of proposals about truth, this task has proved to be resistant to the different analyses. The general thesis of the book is that defining truth is perfectly possible and that the average educated philosopher of language has the tools to do it. The book offers an updated treatment of the meaning of truth ascriptions from taking into account the latest views in philosophy of language and linguistics.
    Abstract: The wealth of proposals about truth and its meaning in natural languages everywhere should open it to analysis and definition, but this book makes the startlingly rare assertion that we can define truth using the latest methods in linguistics and philosophy
    Description / Table of Contents: The Nature of Truth; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Some Preliminary Issues; 1.1 The General Purpose; 1.2 Some Features of the Proposal; 1.3 Required Philosophical Assumptions; 1.4 The Content of a Theory of Truth; 1.5 The Pragmatist Ingredient; 1.6 The Structure of the Book; Chapter 2: Syntax: Playing with Building Blocks; 2.1 Does Syntax Matter?; 2.2 The Truth Predicate; 2.3 The Truth Operator; 2.4 Truth and Identity; 2.5 Adverbs, Adjectives and Nouns; Chapter 3: The Meaning and Content of Truth Ascriptions; 3.1 The Distinction; 3.2 Kinds of Proforms; 3.3 Truth-Ascriptions
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 A Classification of Truth-Ascriptions3.5 Special Semantic Tasks; Chapter 4: What Do We Do with Truth Ascriptions?; 4.1 Pragmatics and Semantics; 4.2 Assertions; 4.3 Expressivism; 4.4 Particular Pragmatic Functions; Chapter 5: The Liar Paradox (And Other Logico-Semantic Issues); 5.1 Is There a Liar Paradox?; 5.2 Truth Bearers; 5.3 Logical Form; 5.4 The Paradox; Chapter 6: What Do You Mean by "Redundancy"?; 6.1 R amsey's View; 6.2 Redundancy, of What?; 6.3 Syntactic Redundancy; 6.4 Semantic Redundancy; 6.5 Pragmatic Redundancy; Chapter 7: Obvious Answers for Ready-Made Objections
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.1 Standard Objections7.2 The Epistemic Objections; 7.2.1 Definitions vs. Criteria; 7.2.2 The Causal Effect of Truth; 7.3 The Logical Objection; 7.4 The Semantic Objection; 7.5 Mathematical Truth and Other Metaphors; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400748453 , 128363418X , 9781283634182
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 203 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 104
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Kaufman, Whitley R. P., 1963 - Honor and revenge: a theory of punishment
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Criminology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Criminology ; Punishment ; Philosophy ; Punishment in crime deterrence ; Retribution ; Strafe ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Kriminologie ; Strafe ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Kriminologie
    Abstract: This book addresses the problem of justifying the institution of criminal punishment. It examines the "paradox of retribution: the fact that we cannot seem to reject the intuition that punishment is morally required, and yet we cannot (even after two thousand years of philosophical debate) find a morally legitimate basis for inflicting harm on wrongdoers. The book comes at a time when a new "abolitionist movement has arisen, a movement that argues that we should give up the search for justification and accept that punishment is morally unjustifiable and should be discontinued immediately. This book, however, proposes a new approach to the retributive theory of punishment, arguing that it should be understood in its traditional formulation that has been long forgotten or dismissed: that punishment is essentially a defense of the honor of the victim. Properly understood, this can give us the possibility of a legitimate moral justification for the institution of punishment.?
    Description / Table of Contents: Honor and Revenge: A Theory of Punishment; Contents; Chapter 1: The Problem of Punishment; 1.1 The Paradox of Retribution; 1.2 The Incoherence of Public Policy: A Muddle of Theories; 1.3 The Rise of Abolitionism; 1.4 The Strategy of This Book; 1.5 The Importance of the Debate; Chapter 2: Punishment as Crime Prevention; 2.1 Does Punishment Prevent Crime?; 2.2 Crime Prevention and the Utilitarian Moral Theory; 2.3 The Critique of Consequentialism; 2.4 Is It Ever Useful to Punish the Innocent?; 2.5 Punishing the Guilty; 2.6 What's Left of the Crime Prevention Theory?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.7 The Intend/Foresee Distinction2.8 The Crime-Prevention Theory and Double Effect; 2.9 The DDE and Punishing the Innocent; 2.10 Deterrence and Retribution; Chapter 3: Can Retributive Punishment Be Justified?; 3.1 Crypto-Utilitarian Theories of Retribution; 3.1.1 The Deterrence-Based Theory of Retribution; 3.1.2 Retribution and Satisfaction of Victims; 3.2 Retribution as a Natural Instinct or Emotion; 3.3 Retribution as a Requirement of Reason; 3.3.1 Respect for the Offender; 3.3.2 Right to Be Punished; 3.3.3 Consent to Be Punished; 3.3.4 Unfair Advantage
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 Retribution as Conceptual Requirement3.5 The Expressive Theory of Retribution; 3.5.1 Can the Expressive Theory Justify Punishment?; 3.5.2 Why Hard Treatment?; 3.6 Retribution as a Moral Primitive; Chapter 4: The Mixed Theory of Punishment; 4.1 The Idea of "Separate Questions"; 4.2 The Conceptual Version of the Mixed Theory; 4.3 Legal Formalism; 4.4 The Separation of Powers Principle; 4.5 The Rule-Utilitarian Theory; 4.6 H.L.A. Hart's Two-Level Theory; 4.7 The "Practice Conception" Argument; 4.8 Utilitarianism, Retribution, and the Two Levels; 4.9 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Retribution and Revenge5.1 Six Supposed Distinctions Between Revenge and Retribution; 5.2 Revenge Is Personal; 5.3 Revenge Is Inherently Excessive; 5.4 Revenge Is for Insults and Slights, Not Moral Wrongs; 5.5 Revenge Is Based on Sadistic Pleasure; 5.6 Revenge Is Based on the Principle of Collective Responsibility; 5.7 Revenge Is Based upon Strict Liability; 5.8 Conclusion: Revenge Versus Retribution; 5.9 Is Revenge Morally Permissible?; 5.10 Revenge, Retribution, and Honor; Chapter 6: What Is the Purpose of Retribution?; 6.1 The Intending Harm Requirement
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Assessing the "Intending Harm Requirement"6.3 The Purpose of Revenge; 6.4 Punishment and Honor; 6.5 Honor and Punishment; 6.6 Intending Harm Versus Defending Honor; 6.7 From Private Revenge to Societal Punishment; 6.8 Retribution and Intentional Harm; 6.9 Honor and Impartiality; 6.10 The Expressive Theory Revisited; Chapter 7: Making Sense of Honor; 7.1 The Descriptive Claim and the Evolutionary Alternative; 7.2 The Value of Honor; 7.3 Is Honor Essentially External?; 7.4 The External Honor Thesis; 7.5 Five Interpretations of the External Honor Thesis; 7.6 Is Honor External?
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 8: Is Punishment Justified?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400743182 , 1283633736 , 9781283633734
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 288 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Political science Philosophy ; History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Political science Philosophy ; History ; Han, Fei
    Abstract: Han Fei, who died in 233 BC, was one of the primary philosophers of Chinas classical era, a reputation still intact despite recent neglect. This edited volume on the thinker, his views on politics and philosophy, and the tensions of his relations with Confucianism (which he derided) is the first of its kind in English.Featuring contributions from specialists in various disciplines including religious studies and literature, this new addition to the Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy series includes the latest research. It breaks new ground with studies of Han Feis intellectual antecedents, and his relationship as a historical figure with Han Feizi, the text attributed to him, as well as surveying the full panoply of his thought. It also includes a chapter length survey of relevant scholarship, both in Chinese and Japanese.
    Description / Table of Contents: Dao Companion to the Philosophy of Han Fei; Editor's Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Introduction: Han Fei and the Han Feizi; Works Cited; Part I: Han Fei's Predecessors; From Historical Evolution to the End of History: Past, Present and Future from Shang Yang to the First Emperor; Change and Stability in Warring States Thought; The Book of Lord Shang; Past, Present and Future in Han Fei; Qin's "End of History" and Its Aftermath; Works Cited; Shen Dao's Theory of fa and His In fl uence on Han Fei; Introduction; The Main Idea of the Shenzi Fragments: fa 法
    Description / Table of Contents: The Source of Law in Shen Dao's TheoryShen Dao's In fl uence on Han Fei; Works Cited; Part II: The Philosophy of Han Fei; Submerged by Absolute Power: The Ruler's Predicament in the Han Feizi; Foundations of the Ruler's Authority; Safeguarding the Ruler's Power; The Invisible Ruler; Back to Ministerial Power?; Conclusion; Works Cited; Beyond the Rule of Rules: The Foundations of Sovereign Power in the Han Feizi; Legitimating a Repressive Order: The Quest for an Artificial Paradise; From the Spontaneous to the Automatic; A Paradise with No Aberrations? The Paradox of the Norm and the Exception
    Description / Table of Contents: Inborn Human Nature: Changeable vs. UnchangeableHuman Qualities: Same vs. Different; The Source of Han Fei's View That Human Beings Focus on Pursuing Their Own Profit; Conclusion; Works Cited; Part IV: Studies of Specific Chapters; The Difficulty with "The Dif fi culties of Persuasion" ("Shuinan" 說難); Shui 說 in the Han Feizi; The Contradictions of "The Difficulties of Persuasion"; Early Authors on the Morality of shui 說; "Solitary Frustration" and the Morality of "The Dif fi culties of Persuasion"; The Legacy of Han Fei; Works Cited
    Description / Table of Contents: Han Feizi and the Old Master: A Comparative Analysis and Translation of Han Feizi Chapter 20, "Jie Lao," and Chapter 21, "Yu Lao"Introduction; Exegetical Strategies: Philosophical Principles Versus Illustrative Anecdotes; Passages Cited; Citation Styles; Citation Content: The Whole vs. The Part?; The Han Feizi and the Wang Bi Laozi Texts; Markers of Date; Bang Versus Guo to Denote the Concept of the State; The Historical Anecdotes of "Yu Lao"; Viewpoint and Vocabulary; "Yu Lao"; "Jie Lao"; Harmonizing Inner Potency, Humaneness, Righteousness, and Ritual ( de 德, ren 仁, yi 義, li 禮)
    Description / Table of Contents: Cultivating the Compassion of the Mother
    Description / Table of Contents: Works CitedHan Fei on the Problem of Morality; What Is Order?; On Morality and Order; A Possible Role for Morality in Governance?; On the Notion of Desert; Works Cited; Part III: Han Fei and Confucianism; Han Fei and Confucianism: Toward a Synthesis; Works Cited; Did Xunzi's Theory of Human Nature Provide the Foundation for the Political Thought of Han Fei?; Introduction; Modern Scholars' Views of the Relationship Between Xunzi and Han Fei; The Concept of xing in the Xunzi and the Han Feizi; Minxing 民性; Tianxing 天性; Qingxing 情性; The Concept of ren 人 (Mankind) in the Xunzi and the Han Feizi
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400714946
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 1582 p. eReference, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Lütge, Christoph, 1969 - Handbook of the Philosophical Foundations of Business Ethics
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Economics ; Philosophy (General) ; Law—Philosophy. ; Law—History. ; Philosophy (General) ; Economics ; Ethics ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Business ; Management science. ; Law ; Law ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Unternehmensethik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Aristotelian Foundations of Business Ethics -- Scholastic Thought and Business Ethics -- Morality and Self-Interest I: Hume, Smith and the Scottish Enlightenment -- Morality and Self-Interest II: Contemporary Perspectives -- Kantian and Hegelian Thoughts on Business Ethics -- Marxist Thoughts on Business Ethics -- Contemporary Continental Philosophy and Business Ethics -- Christian Foundations of Business Ethics -- Jewish Foundations of Business Ethics -- Islamic Foundations of Business Ethics -- Eastern Cultural, Philosophical and Religious Foundations of Business Ethics -- Discourse Ethics and Business -- Contractarianism -- Sen’s “Capabilities”, Poverty and Economic Welfare -- Human Rights, Globalization and Business Ethics -- Gender Issues and Business Ethics -- Justice and Business Ethics -- Philosophical Issues of Sustainability and the Environment -- Free Markets, Morality and Business Ethics -- Property Rights: Material and Intellectual -- Philosophical Issues of Management and Corporations -- Methodology and Business Ethics
    Abstract: The Handbook of Business Ethics: Philosophical Foundations is a standard interdisciplinary reference handbook in the field of business ethics. Articles by notable philosophers and economists examine fundamental concepts, theories and questions of business ethics: Are morality and self-interest compatible? What is meant by a just price? What did the Scholastic philosophers think about business? The handbook will cover the entire philosophical basis of business ethics. Articles range from historical positions such as Aristotelianism, Kantianism and Marxism to systematic issues like justice, religious issues, rights and globalisation or gender. The book is intended as a reference work for academics, students (esp. graduate), and professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    ISBN: 9789400748019
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 358 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Phenomenology and the human positioning in the cosmos
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Konferenzschrift 2011 ; Phänomenologie ; Weltall ; Natur
    Abstract: The classic conception of human transcendental consciousness assumes its self-supporting existential status within the horizon of life-world, nature and earth. Yet this assumed absoluteness does not entail the nature of its powers, neither their constitutive force. This latter call for an existential source reaching beyond the generative life-world network. Transcendental consciousness, having lost its absolute status (its point of reference) it is the role of the logos to lay down the harmonious positioning in the cosmic sphere of the all, establishing an original foundation of phenomenology in the primogenital ontopoiesis of life
    Description / Table of Contents: PHENOMENOLOGY AND THE HUMAN POSITIONING IN THE COSMOS; Acknowledgements; Contents; Cosmo-Transcendental Positioning of the Living Being in the Universe in Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka's New Enlightenment; Part I; Cosmos, the Meaningful Construct; Cosmos, a Design with Meaning: Plato; Will, a Natural Power: Epicurus; Meaning and Value in Modern Science; Competing Concepts of the Cosmos in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries; Humanists, Classical Revival and the Hermetic Tradition; Bacon, the Paracelsans and the Organic Tradition; Descartes and the Mechanical Tradition
    Description / Table of Contents: Henry More, Anne Conway and KabbalahCosmos and Scientific Practices in Ancient Greek and Ancient Chinese Thought: A Comparative Interpretation; Ch'i and Li Versus Conflicting Forces and Laws; Ch'i and Li; A Comparative Interpretation; Part II; Apel's Project of Cognitive Anthropology for Non-Western World and a Supplement of Muslim Proposal; Apel's Cognitive Anthropology; Ahistoricality of Meanings and the Islamic-Hermeneutic Reflexivity; Conclusion; El Horizonte Rítmico Del Lenguaje (Trasfondo Fenomenológico En Las Coplas De Jorge Manrique); Kinds of Guise Bundles
    Description / Table of Contents: Towards a Rough Doctrine of Guise-Bundle CategoriesBibliography; Enmeshed Experience in Architecture: Understanding the Affordances of the Old Galata Bridge in Istanbul; Introduction; Interpretive Framework for Enmeshed Experience; Understanding the Affordances of Istanbul and the Old Galata Bridge; Concluding Remarks; References; Part III; Plato on Return to the Nature; Bibliography; Nature's Value and Nature's Future; Towards the Wholes (Holism); Nature's Future; Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka's Views and Environmental Ethics; References
    Description / Table of Contents: (Mis)Triangulated Human Positioning in the Cosmos: (Un)Covering the (Meta) Physical Identity of Agents of Good and Evil in Head and SilkoReferences; Beyond the Human-Nature Dualism: Towards a Concept of Nature as Part of the Life-World; Introduction; Settling the Dualism: Descartes' Dream; Husserl's Criticism: How a Dream Became a Crisis; Beyond the Divide; Conclusion; References; Metaphysics and the Concept of World in Rudolph Carnap and Moritz Schlick; Construction Theory and the Elementarerlebnisse; The Physical Account Provided in Weltbegriff and the Psychical Dimension
    Description / Table of Contents: About the Experience and Objectivity of Factual "States of Affairs"Part IV; Nature: Sealing the Humanness. Applying Phenomenology of Life to a Romanian Artistic Work; References; The Path of Truth: From Absolute to Reality, from Point to Circle; Introduction; The Point According to Medieval Eastern and Western Thinkers; The Creation Process from the Absolute to the Relative; The Process of Cognition - From the Point to the Circle; Conclusion; References; Newton's Phenomena and Malay Cosmology: A Comparative Perspective; Introduction; Newton's Cosmology; Malay Cosmology; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Peering Through the Keyhole (The Phenomenology and Ontology of Cyberspace in Contemporary Societies)
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION -- Cosmo-Transcendental Positioning of the Living Being in the Universe in Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka’s New Enlightenment; Jadwiga S. Smith -- SECTION I -- Cosmos, the Meaningful Construct; Halil Turan -- Competing Conceptions of the Cosmos in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries; Oliver W. Holmes -- Call of Philosophising as “Dichten”: Writing-Voicing-Listening-Reciting in Pace with the Rhyming Pulse of Cosmos as Tota Simulteitas; Erkut Sezgin -- "Cosmos" and Scientific Practices in Ancient Greek and Ancient Chinese Thought: A Comparative Interpretation; Sinan Kadir Celik -- SECTION 2 -- Apel's Project of Cognitive Anthropology for Non-Western World and a Supplement of Muslim Proposal; Abdul Rahim Afaki -- The Rhythmic Horizon of Language (Phenomenological Foundations of Jorge Manrique’s Coplas); Antonio Dominguez Rey -- A Subjectivist Inquiry Concerning Intrinsic Value in Environmental Ethics; Ayhan Sol and Selma Aydin Bayram -- Kinds of Guise Bundles; Semiha Akinci -- Enmeshed Experience in Architecture: Understanding the Affordances of the Old Galata Bridge in Istanbul; Semra Aydinly -- SECTION III -- Plato on Return to the Nature; Olena Shkubulyani -- Nature’s Value and Nature’s Future; Leszek Pyra -- (Mis)Triangulated Human Positioning in the Cosmos: (Un)Covering the (Meta)Physical Identity of Agents of Good and Evil in Head and Silko; Imafedia Okhamafe -- Beyond the Human-Nature Dualism.  Towards a Concept of Nature as Part of the Life-World; Karen Francois -- Metaphysics and the Concept of World in Rudolph Carnap and Moritz Schlick; Giuseppina Sgueglia -- SECTION IV -- Nature, Sealing the Humanness.  Applying Phenomenology of Life to a Romanian Artistic Work Carmen Cozma -- The Path of Truth: from Absolute to Reality, from Point to Circle; Konul Bunyadzade -- Newton's Phenomena and Malay Cosmology: A Comparative Perspective; A.L. Samian -- Peering Through the Keyhole (The Phenomenology and Ontology of Cyberspace in Contemporary Societies); J.C. Couceiro-Bueno -- SECTION V -- Reason and as the Frames and Partitions of the Temple of Life; Salahaddin Khalilov -- Direct Intuition: Strategies of Knowledge in the Phenomenology of Life, with Reference to the Philosophy of Illumination; Olga Louchakova-Schwartz -- What the Lake Said.  Amiel's New Phenomenology and Nature; Daria Gosek -- How Can Sisyphus be Happy with His Fate?; Sibel Oktar -- ADMINISTRATIVE APPENDIX -- Introducing Letter from Daniela Verducci Upon Her Inauguration as Vice-President of the World Phenomenology Institute (June 28, 2011); Daniela Verducci.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    ISBN: 9789400751736 , 1283935961 , 9781283935968
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 182 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Brain and Mind 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Irvine, Elizabeth Consciousness as a scientific concept
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Psychological tests and testing ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Psychological tests and testing ; Consciousness physiology ; Consciousness ; Bewusstsein ; Philosophie ; Naturwissenschaften ; Bewusstsein ; Philosophie ; Naturwissenschaften
    Abstract: The source of endless speculation and public curiosity, our scientific quest for the origins of human consciousness has expanded along with the technical capabilities of science itself and remains one of the key topics able to fire public as much as academic interest. Yet many problematic issues, identified in this important new book, remain unresolved. Focusing on a series of methodological difficulties swirling around consciousness research, the contributors to this volume suggest that ‘consciousness’ is, in fact, not a wholly viable scientific concept. Supporting this ‘eliminativist‘ stance are assessments of the current theories and methods of consciousness science in their own terms, as well as applications of good scientific practice criteria from the philosophy of science. For example, the work identifies the central problem of the misuse of qualitative difference and dissociation paradigms, often deployed to identify measures of consciousness. It also examines the difficulties that attend the wide range of experimental protocols used to operationalise consciousness-and the implications this has on the findings of integrative approaches across behavioural and neurophysiological research. The work also explores the significant mismatch between the common intuitions about the content of consciousness, that motivate much of the current science, and the actual properties of the neural processes underlying sensory and cognitive phenomena. Even as it makes the negative eliminativist case, the strong empirical grounding in this volume also allows positive characterisations to be made about the products of the current science of consciousness, facilitating a re-identification of target phenomena and valid research questions for the mind sciences.​
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: The Science of Consciousness -- 2. Subjective Measures of Consciousness -- 3. Measures of Consciousness and the Method of Qualitative Differences -- 4. Dissociations and Consciousness -- 5. Converging on Consciousness -- 6. Mechanisms of Consciousness and Scientific Kinds -- 7. Content-Matching: The case of Sensory memory and phenomenal consciousness -- 8. Content-Matching: The contents of what? -- 9. Scientific Eliminativism: Why there can be no Science of Consciousness -- 10. Conclusion -- Appendix: Dice Game -- ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765375
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 762 p. 17 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Kampourakis, Kostas The Philosophy of Biology
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: This book brings together for the first time philosophers of biology to write about some of the most central concepts and issues in their field from the perspective of biology education. The chapters of the book cover a variety of topics ranging from traditional ones, such as biological explanation, biology and religion or biology and ethics, to contemporary ones, such as genomics, systems biology or evolutionary developmental biology. Each of the 30 chapters covers the respective philosophical literature in detail and makes specific suggestions for biology education. The aim of this book is to inform biology educators, undergraduate and graduate students in biology and related fields, students in teacher training programs, and curriculum developers about the current state of discussion on the major topics in the philosophy of biology and its implications for teaching biology. In addition, the book can be valuable to philosophers of biology as an introductory text in undergraduate and graduate courses
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Contents; Contributors; Philosophy of Biology and Biology Education: An Introduction; 1 Prolegomena: The Rationale and Aims of this Book; 2 The Science of Life; 3 The Nature of Evolutionary Theory; 4 Evolutionary Theory and Religion; 5 Evolution at the Molecular Level; 6 Evolution and Development; 7 Integrating Levels: Taking Ecology and Microbiology Seriously into Account; 8 Conceptual Obstacles to Understanding Evolution: Essentialism and Teleology; 9 "Proximate" Phenomena: Functions, Mechanisms, Information and the Systemic Approach in Biology
    Description / Table of Contents: 10 Genetics: Beyond Mendel and Genetic Determinism11 Biology and Ethics; What Is Life?; 1 Introduction; 2 Concepts and Definitions: From Philosophy to Science; 3 Limitations of Our Current Understanding of Life; 4 Searching for Alternative Forms of Life; 5 Conclusion; References; Biological Explanation; 1 Introduction; 2 Biology and Philosophical Accounts of Explanation; 3 Explanation and Scientific Practice; 4 Conclusion: Teaching About Biological Explanation; 4.1 Suggestion 1: Do Not Overly Emphasize Laws When Thinking About Biology Explanations
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Suggestion 2: Explicitly Motivate Forms of Explanation That Are Common in Biology4.3 Suggestion 3: Resist the Temptation to Simplify the Diversity of Approaches in Biology and Their Apparent Incompatibility; 4.4 Suggestion 4: Explicitly Consider the Role of Models-Partial, Unrealistic Representation; 4.5 Suggestion 5: Emphasize Methodological Differences Over Seemingly Ideological Differences; Teach That a Plurality of Approaches Is Here to Stay; References; What Would Natural Laws in the Life Sciences Be?; 1 Introduction; 2 Laws of Nature: The Standard Picture
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 The Problem of Exceptions4 The Problem of Accidentalness; 5 Evolutionary Accidents as Laws of Certain Fields of Biology; 6 Conclusion; References; The Nature of Evolutionary Biology: At the Borderlands Between Historical and Experimental Science; 1 On the Scientific Status of Evolutionary Theory; 2 The Fisher-Wright Debates and the Importance of Stochastic Events in Evolution; 3 Gould and the Project for a Nomothetic Evolutionary Biology; 4 The Modern Study of Chance vs. Necessity; 5 The Philosophical Context: Cleland's Analysis
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Conclusion: Chance and Necessity Within the Extended SynthesisReferences; Evolutionary Theory and the Epistemology of Science; 1 Introduction; 2 Epistemological Background; 2.1 The Traditional Account of Knowledge; 2.2 Evidence and Knowledge; 3 Objections to Evolutionary Theory; 3.1 Evolution Is a Mere Theory; 3.2 Evolution Is not Falsifiable; 3.3 Evolution Makes no Predictions; 3.4 Evolution Has Been Falsified; 4 The Evidence for Evolution; 5 Conclusions; References; Conceptual Change and the Rhetoric of Evolutionary Theory: 'Force Talk' as a Case Study and Challenge for Science Pedagogy
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Conceptual Schemes and Darwin's Interacting Metaphors
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Michael Ruse -- Philosophy of Biology and Biology Education: An Introduction; Kostas Kampourakis -- What is life?; Carol Cleland and Michael Zerella -- Biological Explanation; Angela Potochnik -- What would Natural Laws in the Life Sciences be?;  Marc Lange -- The Nature of Evolutionary Biology: at the borderlands between Historical and Experimental Science; Massimo Pigliucci -- Evolutionary Theory and the Epistemology of Science; Kevin McCain & Brad Weslake -- Conceptual Change and the Rhetoric of Evolutionary Theory: ‘Force Talk’ as a case study and Challenge for Science Pedagogy; David Depew -- Debating the Power and Scope of Adaptation; Patrick Forber -- Biology and Religion: The Case for Evolution, Francisco Ayala -- The Implications of Evolutionary Biology for Religious Belief; Denis Alexander -- Intelligent Design and the Nature of Science: Philosophical and Pedagogical Points, Ingo Brigandt -- Molecular Evolution, Michael Dietrich -- Educational Lessons from Evolutionary Properties of the Sexual Genome; John Avise -- Non-genetic Inheritance and Evolution; Tobias Uller -- Homology, Alessandro Minelli & Giuseppe Fusco -- Teaching Evolutionary Developmental Biology: Concepts, Problems and Controversy; Alan Love -- Philosophical Issues in Ecology, James Justus -- Small Things, Big Consequences: Microbiological Perspectives on Biology; Michael J. Duncan, Pierrick Bourrat, Jennifer DeBerardinis, & Maureen O’ Malley -- Essentialism in Biology; John Wilkins -- Biological Teleology: the Need for History; James Lennox & Kostas Kampourakis -- Biology's Functional Perspective: Roles, Advantages and Organization; Arno Wouters -- Understanding Biological Mechanisms: Using Illustrations from Circadian Rhythm Research; William Bechtel -- Information in the Biological Sciences; Alfredo Marcos and Robert Arp -- Systems Biology and Education; Pierre Alain Braillard -- Putting Mendel in His Place: How Curriculum Reform in Genetics and Counterfactual History of Science Can Work Together; Annie Jamieson & Gregory Radick -- Against “Genes For”: Could an Inclusive Concept of Genetic Material Effectively Replace Gene Concepts?; Richard Burian & Kostas Kampourakis -- Current Thinking about Nature and Nurture, David Moore -- Genomics and Society: Why “Discovery” Matters; Lisa Gannett -- Philosophical Issues in Human Pluripotent Stem Cell Research; Andrew Siegel -- Ethics in Biomedical Research and Practice; Anya Plutynski -- Environmental Ethics; Roberta Millstein.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400754010
    Language: French
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 382 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H.L. van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 209
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Perreau, Laurent, 1976 - Le monde social selon Husserl
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Husserl, Edmund 1859-1938 ; Philosophie ; Husserl, Edmund 1859-1938 ; Phänomenologie ; Sozialphilosophie
    Abstract: Cette étude est consacrée à l'examen de la théorie du monde social qui se découvre dans la phénoménologie d’Edmund Husserl : est-elle à même de dire les phénomènes sociaux, sur quel mode et avec quels résultats ?Dans un premier moment, nous reconstituons le propos des deux « ontologies sociales » qui pensent le monde social en son essence et en ses essences : d’une part, l'ontologie de la région « monde social », subordonnée à la région de l'« esprit » et élaborée à partir d'une phénoménologie de la communication ; d’autre part, l'ontologie morphologique et eidétique des formes essentielles de communautés sociales. Dans un second moment, nous suivons l'élaboration d'une « sociologie transcendantale » qui reconsidère le rapport de la subjectivité transcendantale au monde social. Nous montrons comment les développements de la théorie de la personne dans la perspective de la phénoménologie génétique, qui semblent nous détourner de la considération de sa socialité, précisent en réalité le rapport du sujet personnel au monde social sous l'angle de sa « mienneté », de l'habitualité et de la familiarité d'une part, et dans la perspective d'une éthique sociale d'autre part. On établit enfin comment, autour de la Krisis, la théorie du monde de la vie fournit le cadre théorique d'une « sociologie transcendantale » qui se développe, sur le fond d'une anthropologie du monde commun, comme théorie de la générativité. De l'ontologie sociale à la sociologie transcendantale, cette recherche est conçue comme une investigation des ressources et des difficultés de la voie d'accès à la réduction transcendantale par l'ontologie, relativement à la question du « social ».Remarquable enquête menée sur l'expérience sociale du sujet, la phénoménologie husserlienne du monde social est susceptible d’intéresser le sociologue tout autant que le philosophe qui s’interroge sur la nature du « social » en général
    Description / Table of Contents: Le Monde Social Selon Husserl; Remerciements; Table des Matières; Abréviations; Remarques générales; Abréviations retenues pour les références aux œuvres de Husserl; Chapitre 1: Introduction générale : comment dire les phénomènes sociaux?; 1.1 L'idée d'une phénoménologie du monde social; 1.2 Vers une «sociologie transcendantale»; 1.3 Les préventions à l'égard de la phénoménologie husserlienne du monde social; 1.3.1 Les limites d'une philosophie du sujet; 1.3.2 Les prestiges de l'alter ego; 1.3.3 La supposée inconsistance du propos husserlien sur le monde social
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2 Le rapport à la personne autre comme foyer expressif3.3 La communication effective; 3.3.1 La prise de «contact» ( Berührung); 3.3.2 L'échange réciproque; 3.3.3 Le rapport Je-Tu et la synthèse de recouvrement; 3.3.4 La formation du «consensus» ( Einverständnis); Chapitre 4: La région ontologique «monde social»; 4.1 La pulsion sociale; 4.1.1 La pulsion sociale comme pulsion socialisée (pulsion sexuelle et pulsion maternelle); 4.1.2 La pulsion sociale comme puissance de socialisation; 4.1.3 La pulsion sociale comme tendance primaire à la communautisation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 La théorie des «actes sociaux» : du monde de la communication ( kommunikative Welt) à la communauté de volonté ( Willensgemeinschaft)4.3 Les «personnalités d'ordre supérieur»; 4.3.1 Sur le sens de l'expression «d'ordre supérieur» (höhere Ordnung); 4.3.2 La dimension «personnelle» de la communauté sociale; 4.3.3 L'unité normative des «personnalités d'ordre supérieur»; 4.3.4 La distinction phénoménologique des «personnalités d'ordre supérieur»; Deuxième partie: les formes essentielles du monde social; Chapitre 5: Vers une morpho-typique eidétique du monde social
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Du projet général d'une élucidation des particularités conceptuelles des sciences sociales à l'idée d'une morphologie eidétique du monde social
    Description / Table of Contents:  REMERCIEMENTS -- TABLE DES MATIÈRES -- ABRÉVIATIONS -- Abréviations retenues pour les références aux œuvres de Husserl -- Introduction : dire les phénomènes sociaux -- PREMIERE PARTIE : ONTOLOGIES DU MONDE SOCIAL -- Introduction -- SECTION I : La région « monde social » -- Chapitre I : De l’esprit au monde social.- Chapitre II. La communication comme forme élémentaire de la vie sociale.- Chapitre III. La région ontologique « monde social » -- SECTION II : Les formes essentielles du monde social -- Chapitre IV : Vers une morpho-typique éïdétique du monde social.- Chapitre V : De quelques formes essentielles du monde social.- SECONDE PARTIE : VERS UNE « SOCIOLOGIE TRANSCENDANTALE » -- SECTION III : Sujet personnel et monde social. Problémes et difficultés d’une définition transcendantale de la personne -- Chapitre VI : Problèmes et difficultés d’une théorie de la personne dans les Ideen II.- Chapitre VII. La genèse passive de la personne : l’appropriation habituelle, typique et familière du monde environnant.- Chapitre VIII. La genèse active de la personne.- Conclusion de la section III  -- Section IV : DU MONDE DE LA VIE AU MONDE SOCIAL -- Introduction : De la question de la genèse personnelle de soi aux problèmes de la prédonation de l’expérience sociale -- Chapitre IX : De la théorie du monde de la vie à la théorie du monde social.-Chapitre X : Le monde de la vie comme monde commun : le fondement anthropologique de la sociologie transcendantale.- Chapitre XI : La theorie de la générativité comme theorie de la relativisation socio-historique de l’expérience communautaire.- Conclusion -- Bibliographie -- Index Nominum.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    ISBN: 9789400760257
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 218 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Coeckelbergh, Mark, 1975 - Human being risk
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Phenomenology ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Technology Philosophy ; Risikomanagement ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: Whereas standard approaches to risk and vulnerability presuppose a strict separation between humans and their world, this book develops an existential-phenomenological approach according to which we are always already beings-at-risk. Moreover, it is argued that in our struggle against vulnerability, we create new vulnerabilities and thereby transform ourselves as much as we transform the world. Responding to the discussion about human enhancement and information technologies, the book then shows that this dynamic-relational approach has important implications for the evaluation of new technologies and their risks. It calls for a normative anthropology of vulnerability that does not ask which objective risks are acceptable, how we can become invulnerable, or which technologies threaten human nature, but which vulnerability transformations we want. To the extent that we can steer the growth of new technologies at all, this tragic and sometimes comic project should therefore be guided by what we want to become.​
    Description / Table of Contents: Human Being Risk; Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 The Experience of Risk and Vulnerability; 1.2 The Struggle Against Risk and Vulnerability; 1.3 Technological Risk and the Ethical Evaluation of New Technologies; 1.4 Risk, Vulnerability, and Technology; 1.5 Transhumanism; 1.6 Outline of the Book; References; Part I: Descriptive Anthropology of Vulnerability; Chapter 2: The Transhumanist Challenge; 2.1 The Ethical Discussion About Human Enhancement and Its Assumptions About Human Being and Vulnerability
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.1 Transhumanists Versus Bioconservatives and Infoconservatives: The Anthropological Issue2.1.2 Fighting the Dragon or Accepting What Is Given by Nature or God? The Question Concerning Human Vulnerability and Tech...; 2.2 First Response to the Anthropological Issue; 2.2.1 Human Nature Has Always Changed; 2.2.2 Technology Has Always Changed Who We Are; 2.2.3 Philosophical Anthropology Has Always Been Normative; 2.2.4 From Human Nature to Human Being: From Essence to Existence; References; Chapter 3: Anthropology of Vulnerability; 3.1 Standard Dualist Views of Risk and Vulnerability
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.1 Objectivist Views: Risk Science, Medicine, and the Psychology of Risk3.1.2 The Social Construction of Risk and Cultural Theory of Risk; 3.2 An Existential-Phenomenological Alternative: A Relational Anthropology of Vulnerability; 3.2.1 Existential Vulnerability: Preliminary Phenomenology of Risk and Vulnerability; 3.2.2 Existential Vulnerability: Being-at-Risk, Fear, and Care (Using Heidegger 1); 3.2.3 Existential Versus Existentialist (Not Using Heidegger 2); 3.2.4 The Tradition of Philosophical Anthropology: Plessner; References; Chapter 4: Cultures and Transformations of Vulnerability
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Culture(s) of Vulnerability4.1.1 Experience: Imaginations of Vulnerability; 4.1.1.1 An Example: Experiences and Cultures of Health and Illness; 4.1.2 Praxis and Habitus: Imagination as Representation Versus Imagination in Action; 4.2 Vulnerability Transformations; 4.2.1 Spiritual Technologies and Religious Culture; 4.2.2 Material Technologies and Technological, Financial, and Economic Culture; 4.2.3 Social Technologies and Political Culture; 4.2.4 Technologies of the Self and Self-Culture; 4.3 Conclusion: Vulnerability Transformations as Transformations of a Form of Life; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Part II: Normative Anthropology of VulnerabilityChapter 5: Ethics of Vulnerability (i): Implications for Ethics of Technology; 5.1 Vulnerability and Ethics; 5.1.1 The Value of Vulnerability and the Vulnerability of Value; 5.1.2 Evaluating Vulnerability Transformations; 5.1.2.1 Personal Robots; 5.1.2.2 Human Genetic Enhancement; 5.2 Ethics of Technology as an Ethics of Vulnerability; 5.2.1 Standard View: Human Values Versus Technological Means; 5.2.2 Alternative: Learning to Be-at-Risk; 5.3 The Design and Growth of Human Vulnerability; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Ethics of Vulnerability (ii): Imagining the Posthuman Future
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I Descriptive Anthropology of Vulnerability --  Chapter 1. The Transhumanist Challenge -- Chapter 2. An Anthropology of Vulnerability -- Chapter 3. Cultures and Transformations of Vulnerability -- Part II Normative Anthropology of Vulnerability -- Chapter 4. Ethics of Vulnerability (1): Implications for ethics of technology -- Chapter 5. Ethics of Vulnerability (2): Imagining the Posthuman future -- Chapter 6. Ethics of Vulnerability (3): Vulnerability in the Information Age -- Chapter 7. Politics of Vulnerability: Freedom, Justice, and the Public/Private distinction -- Chapter 8. Normative Aesthetics of Vulnerability: The Art of Coping with Vulnerability -- Conclusion.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    ISBN: 9789400760134
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 151 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Theory and Decision Library A:, Rational Choice in Practical Philosophy and Philosophy of Science 45
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer simulation ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer simulation ; Consciousness
    Abstract: As is well known, cognition is not only a self-organising process. It is also a co-operative and coupled process. If we consider the external environment as a complex, multiple and stratified Source which interacts with the nervous system, we can easily realise that the cognitive activities devoted to the "intelligent" search for the depth information living in the Source, may determine the very change of the complexity conditions according to which the Source progressively expresses its "wild" action. In this sense, simulation models are not neutral or purely speculative: the true cognition actually appears to be necessarily connected with successful forms of reading, those forms, in particular, that permit a specific coherent unfolding of the deep information content of the Source. Therefore, the simulation models, if valid, materialise as "creative" channels, i.e., as autonomous functional systems, as the very roots of a new possible development of the entire system represented by mind and its Reality
    Abstract: As is well known, cognition is not only a self-organising process. It is also a co-operative and coupled process. If we consider the external environment as a complex, multiple and stratified Source which interacts with the nervous system, we can easily realise that the cognitive activities devoted to the "intelligent" search for the depth information living in the Source, may determine the very change of the complexity conditions according to which the Source progressively expresses its "wild" action. In this sense, simulation models are not neutral or purely speculative: the true cognition actually appears to be necessarily connected with successful forms of reading, those forms, in particular, that permit a specific coherent unfolding of the deep information content of the Source. Therefore, the simulation models, if valid, materialise as "creative" channels, i.e., as autonomous functional systems, as the very roots of a new possible development of the entire system represented by mind and its Reality
    Description / Table of Contents: Epistemic Complexity and Knowledge Construction; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Complexity, Self-Organization and Natural Evolution; 1.1 Entropy and the "Intermediate State"; 1.2 Algorithmic Complexity and Self-Referentiality; 1.3 Cellular Automata and Self-Organization; Notes; Chapter 2: Embodiment Processes and Biological Computing; 2.1 The Game of Life and the Alternative Splicing; 2.2 The Interface Between Ruler and Coder; 2.3 The Recipe at Work: The Role of the Simulation Tools at the Evolutionary Level; 2.4 Reflexive Domains vs. Self-Organizing Domains; Notes
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Randomness, Semantic Information and Limitation Procedures3.1 Logic and Probability: The Role of Constituents; 3.2 Semantic Information and Algorithmic Complexity; 3.3 Surface Information vs. Depth Information: The Biological Computer; 3.4 Non-standard Models and Limitation Procedures; Notes; Chapter 4: Natural Language and Boolean Semantics: the Genesis of the Cognitive Code; 4.1 Intensional Language and Natural Logic; 4.2 Logic and Ontology; 4.3 Meaning as Use and the Unfolding of Cognitive Activity; Notes; Chapter 5: Morphogenesis and the Emergence of Meaning
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Eigenforms, Categorial Intuitions and Rational Perception5.2 Meaning Clarification and the "Thinking I"; 5.3 Knowledge and Reality: The Role of Conceptual Constructions; Notes; Bibliography; Name Index; Subject Index
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    ISBN: 9789400762411
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 207 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Contemporary perspectives on early modern philosophy
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy, Modern ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Philosophie ; Natur ; Wahrnehmung ; Norm ; Geschichte 1600-1800
    Abstract: Normativity has long been conceived as more properly pertaining to the domain of thought than to the domain of nature. This conception goes back to Kant and still figures prominently in contemporary epistemology, philosophy of mind and ethics. By offering a collection of new essays by leading scholars in early modern philosophy and specialists in contemporary philosophy, this volume goes beyond the point where nature and normativity came apart, and challenges the well-established opposition between these all too neatly separated realms. It examines how the mind’s embeddedness in nature can be conceived as a starting point for uncovering the links between naturally and conventionally determined standards governing an agent’s epistemic and moral engagement with the world. The original essays are grouped in two parts. The first part focuses on specific aspects of theories of perception, thought formation and judgment. It gestures towards an account of normativity that regards linguistic conventions and natural constraints as jointly setting the scene for the mind’s ability to conceptualise its experiences. The second part of the book asks what the norms of desirable epistemic and moral practices are. Key to this approach is an examination of human beings as parts of nature, who act as natural causes and are determined by their sensibilities and sentiments. Each part concludes with a chapter that integrates features of the historical debate into the contemporary context
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Nature and Norms in Thought; 1.1 Part I Nature's Influence on the Mind; 1.2 Part II Shaping the Norms of Our Intellectual and Practical Engagement with the World; References; Part I: Nature's Influence on the Mind; Chapter 2: Intentionality Bifurcated: A Lesson from Early Modern Philosophy?; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Descartes; 2.2.1 Propositional Ofness; Proposition principle; 2.2.2 Why Propositional Ofness Is Not Enough; Third Meditation scenario; 2.2.3 Representational Ofness; Reflective improvement of ideas; 2.3 Locke; 2.3.1 Propositional Ofness
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2 Why Propositional Ofness Is Not Enough2.3.3 Representational Ofness; Conformity by correlation; Representation ofness and adequacy; Projectibility and explanatory constitutions; 2.4 Cartesian and Lockean Rationalism; Lockean rationalism; Cartesian rationalism; 2.5 A Lesson for Current Debates?; References; Chapter 3: Ideas as Thick Beliefs: Spinoza on the Normativity of Ideas; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Four Basic Tenets; 3.3 Two Kinds of Normativity; 3.4 No Content Without Attitude; 3.5 Content Determination Through Conative Attitudes; 3.6 Conscious Ideas as Thick Beliefs; 3.7 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Three Problems in Locke's Ontology of Substance and Mode; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Contrast Between Substances and Modes; 4.3 The First Problem; 4.4 The Second Problem; 4.5 The Third Problem; 4.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Kant on Imagination and the Natural Sources of the Conceptual; 5.1 The Faculty of Presentation; 5.2 Image-Models; 5.3 Synthesis; 5.4 A 'Threefold Synthesis'; 5.5 The Synopsis of Sense; 5.6 Synthesis a Priori and the Concept of Guidance; References; Chapter 6: Naturalized Epistemology and the Genealogy of Knowledge; 6.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Kornblith's Criticism of Craig6.3 Is Knowledge a Natural Kind?; 6.4 Craig's Genealogy of Knowledge; 6.5 Genealogy and Naturalized Epistemology; 6.6 Conclusion; References; Part II: Shaping the Norms of Our Intellectual and Practical Engagement with the World; Chapter 7: Sensibility and Metaphysics: Diderot, Hume, Baumgarten, and Herder; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Diderot; 7.3 Hume; 7.4 Baumgarten; 7.5 Sensibility; 7.6 Herder; References; Chapter 8: Back to the Facts - Herder on the Normative Role of Sensibility and Imagination; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Concept Formation; 8.3 Herder's Holism
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.4 Imagining as a Form of Discovery8.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 9: Extending Nature: Rousseau on the Cultivation of Moral Sensibility; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Unnatural Distortions; 9.3 Society's Education; 9.4 Cultivating Moral Sensibility; References; Chapter 10: The Piacular, or on Seeing Oneself as a Moral Cause in Adam Smith; 10.1 Introduction and Theses; 10.2 Sympathy and Knowledge of Causal Relations 5; 10.3 Causation and Rationality; 10.4 We (Ought to) See Ourselves as Causes!; 10.5 Norms of Appeasement; 10.6 The Language of Superstition; 10.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 11: Explaining and Describing: Panpsychism and Deep Ecology
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400762237
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 235 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Additional Information: Rezensiert in Silver, David Business Ethics in the 21st Century, by Norman E. Bowie. Dordrecht: Springer, 2013. 235 pp. ISBN: 978-9400762220 2015
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 39
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics ; Wirtschaftsethik
    Abstract: This work provides a critical look at business practice in the early 21st century and suggests changes that are both practical and normatively superior. Several chapters present a reflection on business ethics from a societal or macro-organizational point of view. It makes a case for the economic and moral superiority of the sustainability capitalism of the European Union over the finance-based model of the United States. Most major themes in business ethics are covered and some new ones are introduced, including the topic of the right way to teach business ethics. The general approach adopted in this volume is Kantian. Alternative approaches are critically evaluated
    Description / Table of Contents: Business Ethics in the 21st Century; Introduction by the Series Editors; Preface; Editorial Board Issues in Business Ethics; Editorial Board Eminent Voices in Business Ethics; Contents; Part I: Economic Issues in Business Ethics; Chapter 1: Fair Markets Revisited; Morality as a Ground of Legal Decisions; A Rejoinder and Reply; Advice for Managers; Characteristics of Fairness; Objections and Replies; Conclusion; Chapter 2: What's Wrong with Efficiency and Always Low Prices; Introduction; The Problem; Some Observations from Home and Abroad; What Some Others Are Saying; The Issue or Issues
    Description / Table of Contents: What's to Be DoneObjections and Replies; Conclusion; Chapter 3: Economics, Friend or Foe of Ethics; Economics as Foe; Foe: Adherence to Psychological Egoism; Foe: Assumptions of Agency Theory; Dropping the "No Transaction Costs" Assumption: Transaction Cost Economics; Turning Economics from Foe to Friend; Codes of Ethics; The Importance of a Good "Ethical Climate"; Multinationals and Universal Standards; The Argument for Universal Ethical Values; An Argument for Truly Universal Standards of Business Ethics; A Complication; Fairness as an Explanatory Variable in Economics and Management Theory
    Description / Table of Contents: ConclusionPart II: Philosophical Issues in Business; Chapter 4: Kantian Themes; Why Kant; Organization of This Chapter; Rethinking and Defending Business Ethics : A Kantian Perspective; Chapter 1 Immoral Business Practices; Chapter 2 Treating the Humanity of Stakeholders as Ends Rather than as Means Merely; Chapter 3 The Firm as a Moral Community; Chapter 4 Acting from Duty: How Pure a Motive?; Chapter 5 The Cosmopolitan Perspective; The New Generation of Scholars Applying Kant to Business Ethics; Aristotle-Not Kant; Kantian Accounts of Corporate Social Responsibility; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Limitations of the Pragmatist Approach to Business EthicsBackground; Rorty's Contingency, Irony, and Solidarity; Why Literature Misleads; Rorty's Address Before the Society for Business Ethics; The Pragmatism of Ed Freeman and Some of His Students; Should Stakeholder Theorists Adopt a Pragmatist Methodology?; Concluding Thought; Part III: International Issues in Business Ethics; Chapter 6: Varieties of Corporate Social Responsibility; The Maximization of Shareholder Wealth Capitalism-American Finance Based Capitalism; Corporate Social Responsibility as Charity
    Description / Table of Contents: An Addendum to the Classical American View: Stakeholder CapitalismSocial Responsibility Under the Stakeholder Model; The European Sustainability Version of Capitalism; Philanthropy, the Safety Net, and Human Rights; The Business Case for Social Responsibility; Corporate Social Responsibility in Asia; Japan; India; China; Evidence That China Seems to Lack a Sense of Corporate Social Responsibility; Which Version of Corporate Social Responsibility Should a Country Adopt?; The Moral Argument for Sustainability; Why Philanthropy Is Not Enough
    Description / Table of Contents: Does China Need Corporate Social Responsibility to Survive
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    ISBN: 9789400745605
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 483 p. 62 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in the History of Philosophy of Mind 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Dunér, David, 1970 - The natural philosophy of Emanuel Swedenborg
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy of mind ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy of mind ; Humanities ; Swedenborg, Emanuel 1688-1772 ; Naturphilosophie ; Swedenborg, Emanuel 1688-1772 ; Naturphilosophie
    Abstract: Although Emanuel Swedenborg (16881772) is commonly known for his spiritual philosophy, his early career was focused unnatural science. During this period, Swedenborg thought of the world was like a gigantic machine, following the laws of mechanics and geometry. This volume analyzes this mechanistic worldview from the cognitive perspective, by means of a study of the metaphors in Swedenborgs texts. The author argues that these conceptual metaphors are vital skills of the creative mind and scientific thinking, used to create visual analogies and abstract ideas. This means that Swedenborgs mechanistic and geometrical worldview, allowed him to perceive the world as mechanical and geometrical. Swedenborg thought with books and pens. The reading gave him associations and clues, forced him to interpret, and gave him material for his intellectual development.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Natural Philosophy of Emanuel Swedenborg; Contents; List of Figures; Introduction; Prologue on a Grain of Sand; Biographical Guide; Literature About a Phenomenon; A Theory of Swedenborg's Brain; Space and Thought; Metaphorical Thought; Seeing with the Inner Eye; Thinking with Books; Overview-The World Machine Seen from Above; The Space; A Blue Camera Obscura; The Society of the Curious; Armed Eyes; Attempts to Find East and West Longitude; We Are Educated by Studying, Experiencing, and Thinking; Unrest Disturbs My Work; From Barbarism to Culture; The Immutable World; The Sign
    Description / Table of Contents: Everything Is Silent, No One Knows Yet the DestinationLearned Games with the Number Sixty-Four; The Geometrical Number Eight; The Useful Number Eight; The Lord Is Wrathful; A Peripeteia on the Decimal; A Million Million; Rhetorical Arithmetic; Trees, Boxes, and Universal Mathematics; To Think Is to Count; The Wave; The Water Waves in Leiden; The Surging of the Sea; Sound in the Mountains of Lapland; In the Baroque Echo Temple; Thunder and Organ Peals; Fire and Colours; One Membrane Trembles from the Other's Trembling; The Beautiful Geometry of Tremulation; To Live Is to Tremble
    Description / Table of Contents: The Circles of the BodyHearing the Music from Within; Vision Extends into the Invisible; The Sphere; Hell Upon Earth; Flying in the Air; The Geometry of War; Nature-A Composite Analogy; The World Machine and the Little Machine; Peas and Cannonballs; A Sea of Bubbles; The Power of the Water Bubble; The Vapours Rising Over the Mountain; The Geometry of Heat; A Mineral Cabinet Without Stones; The Fruits of the Volcano; In the Bride-Chamber of the Mineral Kingdom; Vanitas Bubbles of Soap and Water; The Point; The Spider in the Polygonal Web; The Point That Delineates the World
    Description / Table of Contents: A Grain of Dust at the EquatorNature's Labyrinth; The Janus Face of the Mathematical Point; The Spiral; Helical Lines; The Circle of Time; The Force of the Moon; Whirls and Voids; On the Eternal Spring in the Age of Winter Cold; From Centre to Circumference and Back; Impossible Figures; The Microcosmic Spiral Motion; Magnetic Effluvia; The Magnetic Sphere and the Sidereal Heaven; The Macrocosmic Vortex; The Declination of the Magnetic Needle; The Membrane Between Body and Soul; The Infinite; A World That Is Not Even a Point; The Limits of the Unknowable
    Description / Table of Contents: The Infinite Is the Ultimate Cause of the FiniteThe Fantastic Order of the Brain Machine; The Limits of the Universe; The Nexus Between Infinite and Finite; The Last Effect of Creation; The Degree of Perfection; Escape to the Oracle of Reason; The Soul Machine; The Philosopher, the Happiest or the Unhappiest of Mortals; Conclusion; The Convolutions of the Brain; From Angular to Perpetuo-Spiritual Form; A Blind Man Who Can See, and the Form of Ideas; Swedenborg's Euphoria; Spiral Dances in Paradise; The Primary Metaphors of Correspondences; Memorabilia from Earthly Life
    Description / Table of Contents: The Geometry of the Spiritual World
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    ISBN: 9789400753747 , 1283634422 , 9781283634427
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 136 p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Ethics
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Krieg, Andreas Motivations for humanitarian intervention
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanitäre Intervention ; Motivation ; Legitimität ; Legitimation ; Innenpolitik ; Außenpolitik ; Nationales Interesse ; Idealismus ; Rechtfertigung ; Krieg ; Moral ; Einflussgröße ; Erde ; Humanitäre Intervention
    Abstract: This Brief sheds light on the motivation of humanitarian intervention from a theoretical and empirical point of view. An in-depth analysis of the theoretical arguments surrounding the issue of a legitimate motivation for humanitarian intervention demonstrate to what extent either altruism or national/self-interests are considered a righteous stimulus. The question about what constitutes a just intervention has been at the core of debates in Just War Theory for centuries. In particular in regards to humanitarian intervention it is oftentimes difficult to define the criteria for a righteous intervention. More than in conventional military interventions, the motivation and intention behind humanitarian intervention is a crucial factor. Whether the humanitarian intervention cases of the post-Cold War era were driven by altruistic or by self-interested considerations is a question is covered within and enables a comprehensive and holistic evaluation of the question of what motivates Western democracies to intervene or to abstain from intervention in humanitarian crises.
    Description / Table of Contents: Motivations forHumanitarian Intervention; Contents; Abbreviations; Introduction; Part IThe Normative Debate; 1 The Legal and Moral Legitimacy of Intervention; 1.1…The Impact of Globalization on the International State System; 1.2…Intervention in International Law Since 1945; 1.2.1 Definition of Intervention; 1.2.2 The Principles of Sovereignty and Non-Intervention in the UN System; 1.2.3 Intervention in International Law Since 1990; 1.3…The Ethics of Humanitarian Intervention; 1.3.1 Intervention in Just War Theory; 1.3.2 The Criterion of 'Right intention'; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 National Interests and Altruism in Humanitarian Intervention2.1…Humanitarian Intervention and National Interest; 2.1.1 Definition of National Interest/Self-Interest; 2.1.2 National Interest and Social Contractarianism; 2.1.3 The Role of Self-Interest in Humanitarian Intervention; 2.1.4 National Interests and the Fear of the Trojan Horse; 2.2…Humanitarian Intervention and Altruism; 2.2.1 Definition of Altruism; 2.2.2 Idealist Approach to Humanitarian Intervention; References; Part IIThe Empirical Analysis; 3 The Motivation for Humanitarian Intervention; 3.1…Research Design and Method
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2…Case Analysis3.2.1 Northern Iraq (Operation Provide Comfort, 1991); 3.2.2 Somalia (Operation Restore Hope, 1992); 3.2.3 Haiti (Operation Uphold Democracy, 1994); 3.2.4 Rwanda (Operation Turquoise, 1994); 3.2.5 Bosnia (Operation Deliberate Force, 1995); 3.2.6 Kosovo (Operation Allied Force, 1999); 3.2.7 East Timor (Operation Stabilise/INTERFET, 1999); 3.2.8 Sierra Leone (Operation Palliser, 2000); 3.2.9 Afghanistan (Operation Enduring Freedom, 2001); 3.2.10 Iraq (Operation Iraqi Freedom, 2003); 3.2.11 Rwanda (Non-Intervention, 1994); 3.2.12 Darfur (Non-Intervention, 2003 ff.)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.13 Overview of Intervention and Non-Intervention CasesReferences; 4 Quantitative Analysis; 4.1…General Findings; 4.2…The Aggregate Strength of Altruism and National Interests in Humanitarian Crises; 4.3…Discussion; References; 5 Conclusion;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    ISBN: 9789400754287 , 1283634449 , 9781283634441
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 94 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Entscheidung ; Vernunft ; Neurowissenschaften
    Abstract: This book carries out an epistemological analysis of the decision, including a critical analysis through the continuous reference to an interdisciplinary approach including a synthesis of philosophical approaches, biology and neuroscience. Besides this it represents the analysis of causality here seen not from the formal point of view, but from the 'embodied' point of view. ?
    Abstract: This book carries out an epistemological analysis of the decision, including a critical analysis through the continuous reference to an interdisciplinary approach including a synthesis of philosophical approaches, biology and neuroscience. Besides this it represents the analysis of causality here seen not from the formal point of view, but from the "embodied" point of view
    Description / Table of Contents: Epistemology of Decision; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Introduction; Rationality and NeuroeconomicsPart I; 1 Rationality and Experimental Economics; 1.1 The Theory of Rational Choice; 1.2 Game Theory; 1.3 Teleology, Instrumentalism and Interpretivism; 1.4 Experimental Economics; 1.5 Criticism of Experimental Economics; References; 2 Neuroeconomics; 2.1 Neuroeconomics and Causality; 2.2 Game Theory and Neuroscience; 2.3 The Role of Social Cognition; 2.4 Empathy Basic and Empathy Re-Enactive; 2.5 Doubts, Feasibility and Future of Neuroeconomics; References
    Description / Table of Contents: The Biological ApproachesPart II3 Evolutionary Economics and Biological Complexity; 3.1 Biology and the Economy; 3.2 Economic Progress and Evolutionism; 3.3 The Computational Methods and the Engineering Approach; 3.4 Complexity; References;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400747890
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVI, 328 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophical Studies Series 118
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Autonomy and the self
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of mind ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of mind ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Autonomie ; Selbst ; Willensfreiheit ; Selbstständigkeit ; Person
    Abstract: This volume addresses the complex interplay between the conditions of an agent's personal autonomy and the constitution of her self in light of two influential background assumptions: a libertarian thesis according to which it is essential for personal autonomy to be able to choose freely how one's self is shaped, on the one hand, and a line of thought following especially the seminal work of Harry Frankfurt according to which personal autonomy necessarily rests on an already sufficiently shaped self, on the other hand. Given this conceptual framework, a number of influential aspects within current debate can be addressed in a new and illuminating light: accordingly, the volume's contributions range from 1) discussing fundamental conceptual interconnections between personal autonomy and freedom of the will, 2) addressing the exact role and understanding of different personal traits, e.g. Frankfurt's notion of volitional necessities, commitments to norms and ideals, emotions, the phenomenon of weakness of will, and psychocorporeal aspects, 3) and finally taking into account social influences, which are discussed in terms of their ability to buttress, to weaken, or even to serve as necessary preconditions of personal autonomy and the forming of one's self. The volume thus provides readers with an extensive and most up-to-date discussion of various influential strands of current philosophical debate on the topic. It is of equal interest to all those already engaged in the debate as well as to readers trying to get an up-to-date overview or looking for a textbook to use in courses
    Abstract: This volume addresses the complex interplay between the conditions of an agent’s personal autonomy and the constitution of her self in light of two influential background assumptions: a libertarian thesis according to which it is essential for personal autonomy to be able to choose freely how one’s self is shaped, on the one hand, and a line of thought following especially the seminal work of Harry Frankfurt according to which personal autonomy necessarily rests on an already sufficiently shaped self, on the other hand. Given this conceptual framework, a number of influential aspects within current debate can be addressed in a new and illuminating light: accordingly, the volume’s contributions range from 1) discussing fundamental conceptual interconnections between personal autonomy and freedom of the will, 2) addressing the exact role and understanding of different personal traits, e.g. Frankfurt’s notion of volitional necessities, commitments to norms and ideals, emotions, the phenomenon of weakness of will, and psychocorporeal aspects, 3) and finally taking into account social influences, which are discussed in terms of their ability to buttress, to weaken, or even to serve as necessary preconditions of personal autonomy and the forming of one’s self. The volume thus provides readers with an extensive and most up-to-date discussion of various influential strands of current philosophical debate on the topic. It is of equal interest to all those already engaged in the debate as well as to readers trying to get an up-to-date overview or looking for a textbook to use in courses.
    Description / Table of Contents: Autonomy and the Self; Foreword; Contents; Introduction; The Self; Subjectivist Accounts of the Self; Existential Account; Essential Nature Account; Social-Relational Accounts of the Self; Narrative Accounts of the Self; Autonomy and the Self; Existential cum Libertarian Thesis; Authenticity via Essential Nature Thesis; Internal vs. External Aspects of Autonomy and the Self; Autonomy, the Self, and Limited Freedom; Overview of Contributions; Part I: Autonomy and Free Will; Part II: Autonomy, the Self, and the Role of Personal T raits; Part III: Autonomy and the Self Within Society's Grip
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesPart I: Autonomy and Free Will; Freedom Without Choice?; 1 Introducing the Problem; 2 The Concept of Freedom; 3 Cutting the Possibilities Criterion; 4 Advancing the Criterion of "Naturalness"; 5 Freedom Dependent on Actual Choice; 6 Freedom Dependent on Possible Choice; 7 Possible Forms of Freedom Without Choice; 8 Conclusion; References; Freedom and Normativity - Varieties of Free Will; 1 Terminological and Substantial Disputes About Free Will; 2 The Evaluative Approach; 3 Varieties of Free Will; 3.1 Reflexivity or Capacity for Self- Consciousness
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 The Internal Structure of Free Will3.2.1 The Will I Experience as My Own; 3.2.2 The Will I Experience Wholeheartedly as My Own; 3.2.3 The Will I Try to Make My Own; 3.2.4 Will with the (Positive or Indifferent) Experience of Having Alternative Possibilities (Willkürfreiheit); 3.2.5 The Will I Experience (Positively) as Being Without Alternatives (Necessary Will); 3.2.6 Diachronic and Dynamic Will; 3.2.7 Strong or Rational Will; 3.3 The Context of Embedded Will; 3.3.1 The Will Which Is My Own (Authentic Will); 3.3.2 The Will I Make My Own (Autonomous Will)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.3 Will with and Without Alternative Possibilities of Willing3.3.4 Will with Good Options; 3.3.5 Realizable Will; 3.3.6 Recognized Will; 3.3.7 Accountable and Responsible Will; 3.4 The Content of Free Will; 3.4.1 The Will Which Wills Free Will; 3.4.2 Prudent, Moral, and Legal Will; 3.4.3 Collective or Shared Will; 3.4.4 Transgressing Borders: Extended Will; 3.4.5 Ethical (Sittlicher) Will; References; Part II: Autonomy, the Self, and the Role of Personal Traits; Norm-Guided Formation of Cares Without Volitional Necessity - A Response to Frankfurt
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction : Identification, Leeway, and Existential Autonomy2 Preliminaries: Rationalist Constitutivism and Arguments Against Leeway-Liberty; 3 From Caring to Volitional Necessities: Frankfurt's VN-Arguments; 3.1 Identification, Caring, and Love; 3.2 Frankfurt's Kantian Analogy; 3.3 Frankfurt's Integrity Argument; 3.4 The Emptiness of Total Liberty; 4 An Existentialist Response to Frankfurt: Projective Motivation and Norms; 4.1 Frankfurt's False Dichotomy and Internalism; 4.2 Normative Authority Without Prior Motives; 4.3 Existential Autonomy with Leeway-Liberty to the Core
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 The Dilution of Options by Too Many Alternatives?
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword -- Introduction; Michael Kühler, Nadja Jelinek -- Section I: Autonomy and Free Will -- 1. Freedom Without Choice?; Gottfried Seebaß -- 2. Freedom and Normativity - Varieties of Free Will; Barbara Merker -- Section II: Autonomy, the Self, and the Role of Personal Traits -- 3. Norm-Guided Formation of Cares without Volitional Necessity - A Response to Frankfurt; John Davenport -- 4. Dynamics in Autonomy; Nadja Jelinek -- 5. The Normative Significance of Personal Projects; Monika Betzler -- 6. Normative Self-Constitution and Individual Autonomy; John Christman -- 7. Psychocorporeal Selfhood, Practical Intelligence, and Adaptive Autonomy; Diana Tietjens Meyers -- 8. Emotion, Autonomy, and Weakness of Will; Sabine Döring -- 9. Who Am I to Uphold Unrealizable Normative Claims?; Michael Kühler -- Section III: Autonomy and the Self Within Society's Grip -- 10. Paternalistic Love and Reasons for Caring; Bennett W. Helm -- 11. Self-Identity and Moral Agency; Marina Oshana -- 12. Being Identical by Being (Treated as) Responsible; Michael Quante -- 13. Integrity Endangered by Hypocrisy; Nora Hangel -- 14. Who Can I Blame?; Kasper Lippert-Rasmussen -- About the Authors -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400760912
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 389 p. 35 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Cellucci, Carlo, 1940 - Rethinking logic
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Computer science ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logik ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung
    Abstract: This volume examines the limitations of mathematical logic and proposes a new approach to logic intended to overcome them. To this end, the book compares mathematical logic with earlier views of logic, both in the ancient and in the modern age, including those of Plato, Aristotle, Bacon, Descartes, Leibniz, and Kant. From the comparison it is apparent that a basic limitation of mathematical logic is that it narrows down the scope of logic confining it to the study of deduction, without providing tools for discovering anything new. As a result, mathematical logic has had little impact on scientific practice. Therefore, this volume proposes a view of logic according to which logic is intended, first of all, to provide rules of discovery, that is, non-deductive rules for finding hypotheses to solve problems. This is essential if logic is to play any relevant role in mathematics, science and even philosophy. To comply with this view of logic, this volume formulates several rules of discovery, such as induction, analogy, generalization, specialization, metaphor, metonymy, definition, and diagrams. A logic based on such rules is basically a logic of discovery, and involves a new view of the relation of logic to evolution, language, reason, method and knowledge, particularly mathematical knowledge. It also involves a new view of the relation of philosophy to knowledge. This book puts forward such new views, trying to open again many doors that the founding fathers of mathematical logic had closed historically
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceChapter 1. Introduction -- Part I. Ancient Perspectives -- Chapter 2. The Origin of Logic -- Chapter 3. Ancient Logic and Science -- Chapter 4. The Analytic Method -- Chapter 5. The Analytic-Synthetic Method -- Chapter 6. Aristotle's Logic: The Deductivist View -- Chapter 7. Aristotle's Logic: The Heuristic View -- Part II. Modern Perspectives -- Chapter 8. The Method of Modern Science -- Chapter 9. The Quest for a Logic of Discovery -- Chapter 10. Frege's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 11. Gentzen's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 12. The Limitations of Mathematical Logic -- Chapter 13. Logic, Method, and the Psychology of Discovery -- Part III: An Alternative Perspective -- Chapter 14. Reason and Knowledge -- Chapter 15. Reason, Knowledge and Emotion -- Chapter 16. Logic, Evolution, Language and Reason -- Chapter 17. Logic, Method and Knowledge -- Chapter 18. Classifying and Justifying Inference Rules -- Chapter 19. Philosophy and Knowledge -- Part IV: Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 20. Induction and Analogy -- Chapter 21. Other Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 22. Conclusion -- References -- Name Index -- Subject Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographies and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752191
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 1041 p. 8 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Humanities ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Humanities ; Religion (General)
    Abstract: The envisioned volume is a collection of recent essays about the philosophical exploration, critique and comparison of (a) the major philosophical models of God, gods and other ultimate realities implicit in the worlds philosophical schools and religions, and of (b) the ideas of such models and doing such modeling per se. The aim is to identify exactly what a model of ultimate reality is; create a comprehensive and accessible collection of extant models; and determine how best, philosophically, to model ultimate reality, if possible and desirable.
    Abstract: Dedicated to exploring the enormous variety of ultimate realities at the center of the world’s great religions and philosophical traditions, this volume is a richly varied collection of essays on how we conceive this central notion, whether expressed as God, or as an ultimate reality of another kind. Years in the making, the collection examines the guiding principles of 15 major philosophical traditions and 6 living religions. A publication of monumental scale and detail, it features an innovative thematic structure that aggregates traditions according to their core models, allowing the reader to grasp the common features of ultimate realities as understood in diverse traditions such as Hindu, Buddhist, Jewish, Muslim, Christian, and in some non-religious discussions. Borne out of proceedings at both the American Philosophical Association and the American Academy of Religion, the volume also examines foundational questions related to the human propensity for creating and using such models, including the issue of whether we are capable of acquiring knowledge of ultimate reality. It features a sustained analysis of the concept that modeling such an ultimate reality is a fruitless endeavor doomed to failure since the ultimate might well be beyond human conception, as well as reflections on the staggering diversity of these models and their application to concepts such as spirituality, gender equality, war, and global warming. Accessible and authoritative, the collection combines section primers for those new to the field, deeper treatment in dedicated essays, and a wealth of references for further reading and study
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    ISBN: 9789400751927
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVI, 226 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 105
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Leibniz: logico-philosophical puzzles in the law
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy of law ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy of law ; Quelle ; Kommentar ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 Specimen certitudinis seu demonstrationum in iure exhibitum in doctrina conditionum ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Logik ; Rechtsfall
    Abstract: This volume presents two Leibnizian writings, the Specimen of Philosophical Questions Collected from the Law and the Dissertation on Perplexing Cases. These works, originally published in 1664 and 1666, constitute, respectively, Leibniz’s thesis for the title of Master of Philosophy and his doctoral dissertation in law. Besides providing evidence of the earliest development of Leibniz’s thought and amazing anticipations of his mature views, they present a genuine intellectual interest, for the freshness and originality of Leibniz’s reflections on a striking variety of logico-philosophical puzzles drawn from the law. The Specimen addresses puzzling issues resulting from apparent conflicts between law and philosophy (the latter broadly understood as comprising also mathematics, as well as empirical sciences). The Dissertation addresses cases whose solution is puzzling because of the convoluted logical form of legal dispositions and contractual clauses, or because of conflicting priorities between concurring parties. In each case, Leibniz dissects the problems with the greatest ingenuity, disentangling their different aspects, and proposing solutions always reasonable and sometimes surprising. And he does not refrain from peppering his intellectual acrobatics with some humorous comments. bbbbbb
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    ISBN: 9789400760042
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 329 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophical Studies Series 120
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Reason and analysis in ancient Greek philosophy
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Griechenland ; Vernunft ; Methode ; Philosophie
    Abstract: This distinctive collection of original articles features contributions from many of the leading scholars of ancient Greek philosophy. They explore the concept of reason and the method of analysis and the central role they play in the philosophies of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. They engage with salient themes in metaphysics, epistemology, ethics, and political theory, as well as tracing links between each thinker’s ideas on selected topics. The volume contains analyses of Plato’s Socrates, focusing on his views of moral psychology, the obligation to obey the law, the foundations of politics, justice and retribution, and Socratic virtue. On Plato’s Republic, the discussions cover the relationship between politics and philosophy, the primacy of reason over the soul’s non-rational capacities, the analogy of the city and the soul, and our responsibility for choosing how we live our own lives. The anthology also probes Plato’s analysis of logos (reason or language) which underlies his philosophy including the theory of forms. A quartet of reflections explores Aristotelian themes including the connections between knowledge and belief, the nature of essence and function, and his theories of virtue and grace. The volume begins with an intellectual memoir by David Keyt that recounts his adventures as a philosopher and scholar during the rise of analytic classical scholarship in the past century. Along the way, Keyt relates entertaining anecdotes involving major figures in modern academic philosophy. Blending academic authority with creative flair and demonstrating the continuing interest of ancient Greek philosophy, this book will be a valuable addition to the libraries of all those studying and researching the origins of Western philosophy
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    ISBN: 9789400766891
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 209 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. An integrated view of health and well-being
    Keywords: Culture Study and teaching ; Medical research ; Quality of life ; Health psychology ; Cross-cultural psychology ; Positive psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life ; Regional planning ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Applied psychology
    Abstract: Concepts like Health and Well-being are not exclusive products of the Western culture. Research has widely demonstrated that the representation of the body and of its pathologies, as well as treatment and healing practices vary across cultures in relation to social norms and beliefs.The culture of India is a melting pot of nine main Darshanas, or philosophical systems, that share the common core of a realization of the self in society. India’s traditional health system, Ayurveda, is a result of the practical application of the Darshanas to the observation of human nature and behavior. Ayurveda conceptualizes health, disease and well-being as multidimensional aspects of life, and it seeks to preserve a balance in individuals among their biological features, their psychological features and their environmental demands. The Ayurveda approach to health is remarkably similar to the eudaimonic conceptualization of well-being proposed by positive psychology, and the basic tenets of Ayurveda are deeply consistent with the latest developments of modern physics, which stresses the substantial interconnectedness among natural phenomena and their substrates. This text shows how the approach to health developed in Ayurveda can be fruitfully integrated in a general view of health and well-being that encompasses cultural and ideological boundaries. Specifically, it details the conceptualization of health as an optimal and mindful interaction between individuals and their environment.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; Part I: Health and Well-Being in the Western Tradition; Part II: Health and Well-Being in Indian Traditions; Part III: Bridging the Worlds; Contents; Part I: Health and Well-Being in the Western Tradition; Chapter 1: Well-Being in the West: Hygieia Before and After the Demographic Transition; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Rise of Panacea and Demise of Hygieia; 1.2.1 Rapid Industrialization and Urbanization of Europe and the USA; 1.2.2 Rationalization and Bureaucratization of Medicine; 1.2.3 The Professionalization of Medicine; 1.2.4 The Rise and Role of Pharmaceuticals
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.5 The Social Meaning of Illness1.3 Return of Hygieia and Well-Being in the West; 1.3.1 Hygieia Enters the Debate About Mental Health and Illness; 1.3.2 The Two Continua Model: Hygieia and Panacea Are Both Important; 1.3.3 Hygieia: Toward Promotion and Protection of Flourishing; 1.3.4 Hygieia Validated: Confirmation of the Promotion and Protection Hypotheses; 1.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: The Psychosomatic View; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 History and Current Developments; Box 2.1 Psychosomatic Medicine; Definition; Boundaries; Subdisciplines
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3 Psychosocial Factors and Individual Vulnerability2.3.1 Stressful Life Events; 2.3.2 Chronic Stress and Allostatic Load; 2.3.3 Health Attitudes; 2.3.4 Personality and Psychological Well-Being; 2.3.5 Social Support; 2.3.6 Spirituality; 2.4 Need for Holistic Consideration in Patient Care; 2.4.1 Psychiatric Disturbances; 2.4.2 Psychological Disturbances; Box 2.2 The Diagnostic Criteria for Psychosomatic Research (DCPR); Box 2.3 Examples of Questions Derived from the Diagnostic Criteria for Psychosomatic Research (DCPR); 2.4.3 Quality of Life
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Integration of Psychological Interventions in Medicine2.5.1 Treatment of Psychiatric Comorbidity; 2.5.2 Psychosocial Interventions; Box 2.4 Nonspecific Therapeutic Ingredients; Lifestyle Modification; 2.6 Current Issues; Box 2.5 This Case Illustrates How the Psychosomatic Consideration of a  Patient's Complaints May Lead to Better Assessment and Management; References; Part II: Health and Well-Being in Indian Traditions; Chapter 3: The Perspectives on Reality in Indian Traditions and Their Implications for Health and Well-Being; 3.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.1 Contemporary Concerns About Well-Being and the Reductionist Paradigm3.1.2 Paradigm Shift: Has That Really Occurred?; 3.2 Perspectives on Reality in Indian Traditions; 3.2.1 Non-dualism in Veda and Upanishad; 3.2.2 Dualism of Sāmkhya; 3.2.3 Other Indian Perspectives; 3.3 Some Basic Assumptions and Principles Derived from Indian Perspectives; 3.3.1 Triguna; 3.3.2 Tāpa Traya; 3.3.3 Perspectives on the Constitution of Human Beings; 3.4 Implications for Health and Well-Being Research and Practice; 3.5 Modes of Intervention from the Indian Perspective; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Concept of Health in Āyurveda
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    ISBN: 9789400744387
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 375 p. 31 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 26
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Tanaka, Kōji, 1965 - Paraconsistency
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Computer science ; Artificial intelligence ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Computer science ; Artificial intelligence ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Parakonsistente Logik
    Abstract: A logic is called 'paraconsistent' if it rejects the rule called 'ex contradictione quodlibet', according to which any conclusion follows from inconsistent premises. While logicians have proposed many technically developed paraconsistent logical systems and contemporary philosophers like Graham Priest have advanced the view that some contradictions can be true, and advocated a paraconsistent logic to deal with them, until recent times these systems have been little understood by philosophers. This book presents a comprehensive overview on paraconsistent logical systems to change this situation. The book includes almost every major author currently working in the field. The papers are on the cutting edge of the literature some of which discuss current debates and others present important new ideas. The editors have avoided papers about technical details of paraconsistent logic, but instead concentrated upon works that discuss more "big picture" ideas. Different treatments of paradoxes takes centre stage in many of the papers, but also there are several papers on how to interpret paraconistent logic and some on how it can be applied to philosophy of mathematics, the philosophy of language, and metaphysics
    Abstract: A logic is called 'paraconsistent' if it rejects the rule called 'ex contradictione quodlibet', according to which any conclusion follows from inconsistent premises. While logicians have proposed many technically developed paraconsistent logical systems and contemporary philosophers like Graham Priest have advanced the view that some contradictions can be true, and advocated a paraconsistent logic to deal with them, until recent times these systems have been little understood by philosophers. This book presents a comprehensive overview on paraconsistent logical systems to change this situation. The book includes almost every major author currently working in the field. The papers are on the cutting edge of the literature some of which discuss current debates and others present important new ideas. The editors have avoided papers about technical details of paraconsistent logic, but instead concentrated upon works that discuss more 'big picture' ideas. Different treatments of paradoxes takes centre stage in many of the papers, but also there are several papers on how to interpret paraconistent logic and some on how it can be applied to philosophy of mathematics, the philosophy of language, and metaphysics.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Part 2. Applications ; An Approach to Human-Level Commonsense Reasoning , Paraconsistency: Introduction , Distribution in the Logic of Meaning Containment and in Quantum Mechanics , Wittgenstein on Incompleteness Makes Paraconsistent Sense , Pluralism and "Bad" Mathematical Theories: Challenging our Prejudices , Arithmetic Starred , Notes on Inconsistent Set Theory , Sorting out the Sorites , Are the Sorites and Liar Paradox of a Kind? , Vague Inclosures , Part 1. Logic ; Making Sense of Paraconsistent Logic: The Nature of Logic, Classical Logic and Paraconsistent Logic , On Discourses Addressed by Infidel Logicians , Information, Negation, and Paraconsistency , Noisy vs. Merely Equivocal Logics , Assertion, Denial and Non-classical Theories , New Arguments for Adaptive Logics as Unifying Frame for the Defeasible Handling of Inconsistency , Consequence as Preservation: Some Refinements , On Modal Logics Defining Jaśkowski's D2-Consequence , FDE: A Logic of Clutters , A Paraconsistent and Substructural Conditional Logic
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400749818
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 89 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Transgenic organisms ; Life sciences ; Social sciences Methodology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Transgenic organisms ; Life sciences ; Social sciences Methodology ; Transhumanismus ; Gesellschaft
    Abstract: This book provides an introductory overview to the social debate over enhancement technologies with an overview of the transhumanists' call to bypass human nature and conservationists' argument in defense of it. The author present this controversy as it unfolds in the contest between transhumanists proponents and conservationists, who push back with an argument to conserve human nature and to ban enhancement technologies. This book provides an overview of the key contested points and present the debate in an orderly, constructive fashion. Readers are informed about the discussion over humanism, the tension between science and religion, and the interpretation of socio-technological revolutions; and are invited to make up their own mind about one of the most challenging topics concerning the social and ethical implications of technological advancements
    Abstract: This book provides an introductory overview to the social debate over enhancement technologies with an overview of the transhumanists' call to bypass human nature and conservationists' argument in defense of it. The author present this controversy as it unfolds in the contest between transhumanists proponents and conservationists, who push back with an argument to conserve human nature and to ban enhancement technologies. This book provides an overview of the key contested points and present the debate in an orderly, constructive fashion. Readers are informed about the discussion over humanism, the tension between science and religion, and the interpretation of socio-technological revolutions; and are invited to make up their own mind about one of the most challenging topics concerning the social and ethical implications of technological advancements.
    Description / Table of Contents: Transhumanism and Society; Preface; Contents; 1 Introduction to the Transhumanity Debate; Presenting the Transhumanity Debate; Transtechnologies and Society; Discourse of Concern and Discourse of Hope; Transhumanity and Modernity; Suspect Modernity; Modernity in the Balance; The ''New EnlightenmentNew Enlightenment''; On Capitalism; Conclusion; 2 Transcend or Transgress?; Transcendence: Cosmic, Personal and Civitas; Cosmic Transcendencecosmic transcendence; Personal Transcendencepersonal transcendence; Civitas Transcendencecivitas transcendence; Compromise between Versions; Transgression
    Description / Table of Contents: Critique of Cosmic Transcendencecosmic transcendenceCritique of Personal Transcendencepersonal transcendence; Critique of Civitas Transcendencecivitas transcendence; Transcendence nor Transgression?; 3 Transformation of Body and Mind; Sec1; Radical Transformation; Mind over Body; Of Substrates and Cyborgs; Religious Critique: Escape the Body, Lose the Soulsoul; Secular Critique: Escape the Body, Lose the Self; Moderate Transformation; Moderate Transformation as Value Gained; Moderate Transformation as Value Lost; Defending Posthuman Dignity; Taboo or Tolerance; 4 Rhetoric of Risk; Sec1
    Description / Table of Contents: The Social Construction of RiskRisk and Social Movements; Risk NarrativesRisk Narrative; ''End Times'' Narrative; Market Exploitation Narrative; New EnlightenmentNew Enlightenment Narrative; Risk CampaignsRisk Campaign; Trust; Oversight Based on the Precautionary Principle; Oversight Based on the Proactionary Principle; Assignment of Liability; Contested Objects; GNR Terrorism; Genetically Modified Food; Neuropharmaceuticals; Protecting the ''Risk Object Portfolio''; Conclusion; 5 Inevitability; ; Rhetoric of Inevitability; Transhumanity and Fatalismfatalism; Strong Claims of Inevitability
    Description / Table of Contents: EvolutionEvolutionHomo Cyberneticus; Technological Momentum; Conservationist Critique of Strong Claims; Religious Conservationist Counterargument; Secular Conservationist Counterargument; Moderate Claim: Social Conditions are Ripe; Relinquishment; 6 Closure; No Easy Resolution; Balancing Act with Inevitability Claims; Scenarios; About the Author; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745995 , 128363385X , 9781283633857
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 255 p. 102 illus., 12 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 357
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Betz, Gregor Debate dynamics: how controversy improves our beliefs
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Artificial intelligence ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Artificial intelligence ; Argumentationstheorie ; Debatte
    Abstract: Is critical argumentation an effective way to overcome disagreement? And does the exchange of arguments bring opponents in a controversy closer to the truth? This study provides a new perspective on these pivotal questions. By means of multi-agent simulations, it investigates the truth and consensus-conduciveness of controversial debates. The book brings together research in formal epistemology and argumentation theory. Aside from its consequences for discursive practice, the work may have important implications for philosophy of science and the way we construe scientific rationality as well.
    Description / Table of Contents: Debate Dynamics: How Controversy Improves Our Beliefs; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: General Introduction; 1.1 The Aims of Argumentation; 1.2 An Example of a Controversial Argumentation; 1.3 Modeling Controversial Debate; 1.4 Results Pertaining to Consensus-Conduciveness; 1.5 Results Pertaining to Truth-Conduciveness; 1.6 Objections and Caveats; 1.7 Putting the Approach in Perspective; Chapter 2: An Introduction to the Theory of Dialectical Structures; 2.1 Fundamental Concepts; 2.2 Degrees of Justification; 2.3 The Space of Coherent Positions; 2.4 Normalized Closeness Centrality
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Inferential Density2.6 The General Design of the Simulations; Part I: Why Do We Agree? On the Consensus-Conduciveness of Controversial Argumentation; Chapter 3: Introduction to Part I; 3.1 Outline of Part I; 3.2 Main Results and Their Justification; Chapter 4: The Consensual Dynamics of Simple Random Debates; 4.1 Setup; 4.2 Results; 4.3 Discussion; 4.4 Results, Continued; 4.5 Discussion, Continued; Chapter 5: The Consensual Dynamics of Random Debates with Explicit Background Knowledge; 5.1 Setup; 5.2 Results; 5.3 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Comparing the Consensual Dynamics of Four Proponent-Specific Argumentation Strategies in Dualistic Debates6.1 Setup; 6.2 Results; 6.3 Discussion; Chapter 7: The Consensual Dynamics of Argumentation Strategies in Many-Proponent Debates; 7.1 Setup; 7.2 Results; 7.3 Discussion; Chapter 8: The Consensual Dynamics of Debates with Core Updating; 8.1 Setup; 8.2 Results; 8.3 Discussion; Chapter 9: The Consensual Dynamics of Debates with Core Argumentation; 9.1 Setup; 9.2 Results; 9.3 Discussion; Part II: How Do We Know? On the Truth-Conduciveness of Controversial Argumentation
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 10: Introduction to Part II10.1 Outline of Part II; 10.2 Main Results and Their Justification; Chapter 11: The Veritistic Dynamics of Simple Random Debates; 11.1 Setup; 11.2 Results; 11.2.1 Truth's Attraction: How Rapidly Does the Proponents' Verisimilitude Increase?; 11.2.2 The Verisimilitude of Consensus Positions: Is Mutual Agreement a Good Indicator of Having Reached the Truth?; 11.2.3 The Verisimilitude of Stable Positions: Are Proponent Positions Which Remain Relatively Stable Closer to the Truth?; 11.3 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 12: The Veritistic Dynamics of Random Debates with Explicit Background Knowledge12.1 Setup; 12.2 Results; 12.3 Discussion; Chapter 13: Comparing the Veritistic Dynamics of Four Proponent-Specific Argumentation Strategies in Dualistic Debates; 13.1 Setup; 13.2 Results; 13.3 Discussion; Chapter 14: The Veritistic Dynamics of Argumentation Strategies in Many-Proponent Debates; 14.1 Setup; 14.2 Results; 14.2.1 Truth's Attraction: How Rapidly Does the Proponents' Verisimilitude Increase?
    Description / Table of Contents: 14.2.2 The Verisimilitude of Consensus Positions: Is Mutual Agreement a Good Indicator of Having Reached the Truth?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    ISBN: 9789400754850
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 332 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 273
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The Berlin Group and the philosophy of logical empiricism
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Dubislav, Walter, 1895- ; Oppenheim, Paul, 1885- ; Grelling, Kurt ; Fries, Jakob Friedrich, 1773-1843 ; Science ; Philosophy ; History ; 20th century ; Congresses ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Reichenbach, Hans 1891-1953 ; Neopositivismus ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie
    Abstract: The Berlin Group for scientific philosophy was active between 1928 and 1933 and was closely related to the Vienna Circle. In 1930, the leaders of the two Groups, Hans Reichenbach and Rudolf Carnap, launched the journal Erkenntnis. However, between the Berlin Group and the Vienna Circle, there was not only close relatedness but also significant difference. Above all, while the Berlin Group explored philosophical problems of the actual practice of science, the Vienna Circle, closely following Wittgenstein, was more interested in problems of the language of science. The book includes first discussion ever (in three chapters) on Walter Dubislav’s logic and philosophy. Two chapters are devoted to another author scarcely explored in English, Kurt Grelling, and another one to Paul Oppenheim who became an important figure in the philosophy of science in the USA in the 1940s-1960s. Finally, the book discusses the precursor of the Nord-German tradition of scientific philosophy, Jacob Friedrich Fries
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Milkov, Peckhaus.- Part I. Introductory Chapters -- Part II. Historical-Theoretical Context -- Part III. Hans Reichenbach -- Part IV. Walter Dubislav -- Part V. Kurt Grelling and  Alexander Herzberg -- Part VI. Carl Hempel und Paul Oppenheim.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753044
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 243 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 363
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Functions
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Metaphysics ; Science Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; Anthropology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Metaphysics ; Science Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; Anthropology ; Teleology ; Causation ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Funktion ; Wissenschaft
    Abstract: This volume handles in various perspectives the concept of function and the nature of functional explanations, topics much discussed since two major and conflicting accounts have been raised by Larry Wright and Robert Cummins’s papers in the 1970s. Here, both Wright’s ‘etiological theory of functions’ and Cummins’s ‘systemic’ conception of functions are refined and elaborated in the light of current scientific practice, with papers showing how the ‘etiological’ theory faces several objections and may in reply be revisited, while its counterpart became ever more sophisticated, as researchers discovered fresh applications for it. Relying on a firm knowledge of the original positions and debates, this volume presents cutting-edge research evincing the complexities that today pertain in function theory in various sciences. Alongside original papers from authors central to the controversy, work by emerging researchers taking novel perspectives will add to the potential avenues to be followed in the future. Not only does the book adopt no a priori assumptions about the scope of functional explanations, it also incorporates material from several very different scientific domains, e.g. neurosciences, ecology, or technology. In general, functions are implemented in mechanisms; and functional explanations in biology have often an essential relation with natural selection. These two basic claims set the stage for this book’s coverage of investigations concerning both ‘functional’ explanations, and the ‘metaphysics’ of functions. It casts new light on these claims, by testing them through their confrontation with scientific developments in biology, psychology, and recent developments concerning the metaphysics of realization. Rather than debating a single theory of functions, this book presents the richness of philosophical issues raised by functional discourse throughout the various sciences.​
    Description / Table of Contents: Functions: selection and mechanisms; Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; 1 The Theories of Function and the Current Issues; 2 Position and Structure of This Book; 3 Contributions in Detail; References; Part I: Biological Functions and Functional Explanations: Genes, Cells, Organisms and Ecosystems - Functions, Organization and Development in Life Sciences; Evolution and the Stability of Functional Architectures; 1 A Concept of Function; 2 A General Form for Attributions of Function and Some of Its Consequences; 3 Small Mutations as the Raw Material for Changes in Functional Organization
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Generative Entrenchment and the Stability of Deep Functions5 Multiple Realization, Stability, Robustness, and Evolvability; 6 Deep Function and the Limitations of a Selectionist Account of Function; 7 Two Modes of Descriptive Abstraction for Function; 8 Conclusion; References; Mechanism, Emergence, and Miscibility: The Autonomy of Evo-Devo; 1 Mechanism; 2 Emergence; 2.1 Ontological Versus Explanatory Emergence; 2.2 Invariance and Explanation; 2.3 Completeness and Complementarity; 2.4 Autonomy; 2.5 Downward Explanation; 3 Miscibility; 4 The Autonomy of Evo-Devo
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Two Conceptions of Adaptive Evolution4.2 Emergent Explanation in Evo-Devo; 5 Conclusion; References; Does Oxygen Have a Function, or Where Should the Regress of Functional Ascriptions Stop in Biology?; 1 Introduction; 2 Theories of Function: Three Families; 3 Functions and Levels of Organization; 4 Can Elementary Molecules Have a Function?; 5 Organisms and Above; 6 Conclusion; References; Part II: Biological Functions and Functional Explanations: Genes, Cells, Organisms and Ecosystems - Functional Pluralism for Biologists?
    Description / Table of Contents: How Ecosystem Evolution Strengthens the Case for Functional Pluralism1 Introduction; 2 Diversity Rules; 3 Looking Ahead; 4 Conclusion; References; A General Case for Functional Pluralism; 1 Mountain Geology; 2 The Analogous Situation in Biology; 3 Form, History, and Function; 4 Conclusion; References; Weak Realism in the Etiological Theory of Functions; 1 The Etiological Theory as a Realist Theory of Functions and Its Requisites; 2 The Weaknesses of SE; 2.1 Logical-Type Problem; 2.2 Problem of the Bundle of Effects; 3 Establish and Explain Functions; 3.1 Functional Organisation Schema
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Design Counterfactual Analysis3.2.1 The Simple Case; 3.2.2 More Complicated Cases; 3.3 The Comparative Method; 3.4 Confronting Methods; 3.4.1 Divergent Results and Selection; 3.4.2 Etiological Theory?; 4 Conclusion; References; Part III: Psychology, Philosophy of Mind and Technology: Functions in a Man's World - Metaphysics, Function and Philosophy of Mind; Functions and Mechanisms: A Perspectivalist View; 1 Introduction; 2 What Makes a Neurotransmitter a Neurotransmitter?; 3 Mechanisms; 4 Levels of Mechanisms; 5 Explanation: The Mechanist's Stance
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Etiological Explanation and Adaptational Functions
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- Section I. Biological functions and functional explanations: genes, cells, organisms and ecosystems -- Part 1.A. Functions, organization and development in life sciences -- Chapter 1. William C. Wimsatt. Evolution and the Stability of Functional Architectures -- Chapter 2. Denis M. Walsh. Teleological Emergence: The Autonomy of Evo-Devo -- Chapter 3. Jean Gayon. Does oxygen have a function, or: where should the regress of biological functions stop? -- Part 1.B. Functional pluralism for biologists? Chapter 4. Frédéric Bouchard. How ecosystem evolution strengthens the case for functional pluralism -- Chapter 5. Robert N. Brandon. A general case for functional pluralism -- Chapter 6. Philippe Huneman. Weak realism in the etiological theory of functions -- Section 2. Section II. Psychology, philosophy of mind and technology: Functions in a man’s world -- Part 2.A. 2A. Metaphysics, function and philosophy of mind -- Chapter 7. Carl Craver. Functions and Mechanisms in Contemporary Neuroscience -- Chapter 8. Carl Gillett. Understanding the sciences through the fog of ‘functionalism(s).’ -- 2.B. Philosophy of technology , design and functions -- Chapter 9. Françoise Longy. Artifacts and Organisms: A Case for a New Etiological Theory of Functions -- Chapter 10. Pieter Vermaas and Wybo Houkes. Functions as Epistemic Highlighters: An Engineering Account of Technical, Biological and Other Functions -- Epilogue -- Larry Wright. Revising teleological explanations: reflections three decades on.     ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    ISBN: 9789400744820 , 1283612305 , 9781283612302
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 272 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Global Justice 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Pulcini, Elena, 1950 - 2021 Care of the world
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Political science Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Globalization ; Globalisierung ; Soziale Verantwortung ; Furcht ; Philosophie ; Globalisierung ; Soziale Verantwortung ; Furcht ; Philosophie
    Abstract: This book proposes a philosophy of care in a global age. It discusses the distinguishing and opposing pathologies produced by globalization: unlimited individualism or self-obsession, manifested as (Promethean) omnipotence and (narcissistic) indifference, and endogamous communitarianism or an us-obsession that results in conflict and violence. The polarization between a lack and an excess of pathos is reflected in the distorted forms taken on by fear. The book advocates a metamorphosis of fear, which may restore in the subject an awareness of vulnerability and become the precondition for moral action. Such awareness and the recognition of the condition of contamination caused by the others unavoidable presence teach us to fear for rather than be afraid of. Fear for the world means care of the world, and care, understood as concern and solicitude, is a new notion of responsibility, in which the stress is shifted to a relational subject capable of responding to and taking care of the other. From a global perspective, the proposed vision of care also compels us to explore a new paradigm of justice.
    Description / Table of Contents: Care of the World; Translator's Note; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: The Ambivalence of Globalization; 1.1 Global Unification and Local Fragmentation; 1.2 Self- and Us-Obsession; 1.3 Absence and Excess of Pathos; 1.4 For a Relational Subject; 1.4.1 Addition to the English Edition; Part I: Pathologies of the Global Age: Unlimited Individualism, EndogamousCommunitarianism; Chapter 2: Unlimited Individualism; 2.1 Prometheus and Narcissus; 2.2 Between Unlimitedness and Insecurity; 2.2.1 The Spectator Self; 2.2.2 The Consumer Self; 2.2.3 The Creator Self (homo creator)
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Endogamous Communitarianism3.1 The Need for Community in Modernity; 3.2 The Need for Community in the Global Age; 3.2.1 As the Response to Unlimited Individualism; 3.2.2 As the Response to Exclusion; 3.3 Struggles for Recognition: Identity and Difference; 3.4 Immunitarian Communities; 3.4.1 The Us-Them Contrast; 3.4.2 Communities without Solidarity; 3.4.3 The Split between Individualism and Communitarianism; Part II: Pathologies of Feeling: The Metamorphosis of Fear in the Global Age; Chapter 4: Modernity and Fear; 4.1 A Desirable Passion; 4.2 Reciprocal Fear; 4.3 Productive Fear
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Risk Society: From Fear to Anxiety?5.1 In the Face of Global Risks; 5.2 Fear of the Other; 5.3 Fear, Anxiety and Global Fear; Chapter 6: Spectators and Victims: Between Denial and Projection; 6.1 Global Risks and Absence of Fear; 6.2 Denial and Self-Deception; 6.3 Spectators and Victims; 6.4 Projection of Fear and the Scapegoat's Ineffectiveness; Part III: Responsibility and Care of the World; Chapter 7: Actors: Relearning to Fear; 7.1 Vulnerable Humanity; 7.2 A 'Loving Fear': 33 Fear and Imagination; 7.2.1 Reawakening Productive Fear; 7.2.2 Fear for the World
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.3 From Fear of the Other to Contamination: Towards Solidaristic Recognition7.3.1 The Challenge of Difference; Chapter 8: From Fear to Care; 8.1 Responsibility For; 8.2 'Responsibility for' and the Vulnerable Subject; 8.3 Global Vulnerability; 8.4 Responsibility as Care; Chapter 9: A World in Common; 9.1 Creating a World; 9.2 Plural Worlds; Part IV: Care and Justice; Chapter 10: Care and Justice: The Perspective of the Passions; 10.1 Care Versus Justice?; 10.1.1 Care Ethics and the Critique of the Theory of Justice; 10.1.2 The Affective Dimension of Justice
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.1.3 Compassion as a Motivation for Justice10.2 The Passions of Justice; 10.2.1 The Experience of Injustice; 10.2.2 Envy or Indignation?; 10.3 Beyond Justice: Care and Love; Bibliography; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765078
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 533 p. 11 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 33
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Psychology History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Psychology History
    Abstract: This book discusses that imagination is as important to thinking and reasoning as it is to making and acting. By reexamining our philosophical and psychological heritage, it traces a framework, a conceptual topology, that underlies the most disparate theories: a framework that presents imagination as founded in the placement of appearances. It shows how this framework was progressively developed by thinkers like Plato, Aristotle, Descartes, and Kant, and how it is reflected in more recent developments in theorists as different as Peirce, Saussure, Wittgenstein, Benjamin, and Bachelard. The conceptual topology of imagination incorporates logic, mathematics, and science as well as production, play, and art. Recognizing this topology can move us past the confusions to a unifying view of imagination for the future
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Beginning in the Middle of Things; 1.1 Constellations of Questions About Imagination; 1.2 The Occluded-Occulted Tradition of Intelligent Imagining; References; Chapter 2: Locating Emergent Appearance; 2.1 Some Practice of Imagining, and Thoughts About It; 2.2 Psychologism, Antipsychologism, and the Persistence of the Visual Model; 2.3 Limits of the Visual Model; 2.4 Elementary and Complex Imagining; 2.5 Listening to Images; 2.6 Can Philosophers Sing?; 2.7 Simple Imagining and Beyond; References40
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Locating Imagination: The Inceptive Field Productivity and Differential Topology of Imagining (Plus What It Means to Play a Game)3.1 Hume's Blue; 3.2 From Resemblant Production to Schematized Activity in Fields; 3.3 Imagination as a Release in/of/from the Conditions of Perception; 3.4 The Repositioning of Imagination and the Problem of Reifying Consciousness; 3.5 Fields; 3.6 Imaginative Topology and Topographies; 3.7 Placing the Topological Dynamics of Imagination; 3.8 From Basketball Practice to the Biplanarity of Imagining
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.9 From the Biplanarity of Imagining to the Practice of Art3.10 Transition: Reversing the Occlusion and Occultation of Tradition; References66; Chapter 4: Plato and the Ontological Placement of Images; 4.1 Pre-Platonic Philosophy and the Emergence of the Image-Bearer; 4.2 Image-Bearers, Figures, and Images in Plato's Meno; 4.3 The Use and Abuse of Images; 4.4 Speech as Image, Reason as Imaginative, and the Platonic Ontology of Imaging; 4.5 The Multilevel Look of Things in the Republic; 4.6 The Paradoxes of Imaging; 4.7 The Ontology of Images and the Psychology of Scenario-Imagining
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.8 The Grand Image-Sequence of the Republic : From the Good Itself to the Dialectical Education of the Philosopher4.9 Singing and Hearing the logos; 4.10 Forming an Equable Icon of the Cosmos; 4.11 The Perfect Image of the Cosmos as the Goal of Dialectic; 4.12 Conclusion; References74; Chapter 5: Aristotle's phantasia : From Animal Sensation to Understanding Forms of Fields; 5.1 Aristotle's Physiologically Based Psychology of Imagination; 5.2 Placing Soul in Aristotelian Context; 5.3 Aristotle's Imagination Conventionalized; 5.4 Phantasia Beyond the Conventions
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5 The Perplexities of Imagination in On the Soul III: An Overview5.6 The Imagination of On the Soul III.3: What It Is and What It Isn't; 5.7 Imagination, Sensation, Motion; 5.8 What the Physics of Motion Implies; 5.9 From Motions of Sensation to Structures of Imagining; 5.10 What Aristotle's Definition of Imagination Means; 5.11 Is Imagination the Same as Intellect?; 5.12 Parsing the Phenomenon of Thinking; 5.13 Thinking Imagination; 5.14 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: The Dynamically Imaginative Cognition of Descartes; 6.1 Imagination After Aristotle and Before Descartes
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Descartes's Starting Point
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 9789400752313
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 212 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Sophia Studies in Cross-cultural Philosophy of Traditions and Cultures 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Regional planning ; Migration ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Regional planning ; Migration
    Abstract: This searching examination of the life and philosophy of the twentieth-century Indian intellectual Jarava Lal Mehta details, among other things, his engagement with the oeuvres of Martin Heidegger, Hans-Georg Gadamer, and Jacques Derrida. It shows how Mehta's sense of cross-cultural philosophy and religious thought were affected by these engagements, and maps the two key contributions Mehta made to the sum of human ideas. First, Mehta outlined what the author dubs a 'postcolonial hermeneutics' that uses the 'ethnotrope' of the pilgrim to challenge the philosophical hermeneutic emphasis on supplementation and augmentation. For Mehta, the hermeneutic encounter ruptures, rather than supplements, the self. Secondly, Mehta extended this concept of hermeneutics to interrogate the Hindu tradition, arriving at the concept of the 'negative messianic'. In contrast to Derrida's emphasis on the 'one to come', Mehta shows how the Hindu bhakti model represents the very opposite, that is, the 'withdrawn other, ' identifying thereby the ethical pitfalls of deconstructivism's emphasis on the messianic tradition. This is the only full-length study in English of this high-profile Hindu philosopher
    Abstract: This searching examination of the life and philosophy of the twentieth-century Indian intellectual Jarava Lal Mehta details, among other things, his engagement with the oeuvres of Martin Heidegger, Hans-Georg Gadamer, and Jacques Derrida. It shows how Mehta’s sense of cross-cultural philosophy and religious thought were affected by these engagements, and maps the two key contributions Mehta made to the sum of human ideas. First, Mehta outlined what the author dubs a ‘postcolonial hermeneutics’ that uses the ‘ethnotrope’ of the pilgrim to challenge the philosophical hermeneutic emphasis on supplementation and augmentation. For Mehta, the hermeneutic encounter ruptures, rather than supplements, the self. Secondly, Mehta extended this concept of hermeneutics to interrogate the Hindu tradition, arriving at the concept of the ‘negative messianic’. In contrast to Derrida's emphasis on the 'one to come', Mehta shows how the Hindu bhakti model represents the very opposite, that is, the 'withdrawn other,' identifying thereby the ethical pitfalls of deconstructivism's emphasis on the messianic tradition. This is the only full-length study in English of this high-profile Hindu philosopher
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- From Banaras to the West and and Back -- From Subcontinent to Continental -- Pilgrims and Pilgrimages -- Digging at the Roots: The Logic of the Hindu Tradition -- Heroes, Jewish Nomads, and Hindu Pilgrims: Ulysses, Abraham and Uddhava at the Cross- (cultural) - roads -- Bibliography.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    ISBN: 9789400751019
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 315 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 52
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Sports medicine ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Sports medicine ; Medical ethics
    Abstract: The book provides an in-depth discussion on the human nature concept from different perspectives and from different disciplines, analyzing its use in the doping debate and researching its normative overtones. The relation between natural talent and enhanced abilities is scrutinized within a proper conceptual and theoretical framework: is doping to be seen as a factor of the athlete’s dehumanization or is it a tool to fulfill his/her aspirations to go faster, higher and stronger? Which characteristics make sports such a peculiar subject of ethical discussion and what are the, both intrinsic and extrinsic, moral dangers and opportunities involved in athletic enhancement? This volume combines fundamental philosophical anthropological reflection with applied ethics and socio-cultural and empirical approaches. Furthermore it presents guidelines to decision- and policy-makers on local, national and international levels.
    Description / Table of Contents: Athletic Enhancement, Human Nature and Ethics; Preface; Technology and Sport, Meanings and Realities; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Human Nature as a Promising Concept to Make Sense of the Spirit of Sport; 1.1 Part I: Conceptual and Theoretical Framework; 1.2 Part II: Transgressing the Limits of Human Nature; 1.3 Part III: The Normative Value of Human Nature; 1.4 Part IV: Socio-Cultural and Empirical Approaches; 1.5 Part V: Practices and Policies; Part I: Conceptual and Theoretical Framework
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: Self , Other, Play, Display and Humanity: Development of a Five-Level Model for the Analysis of Ethical Arguments in the Athletic Enhancement Debate2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Creation of an Ethical Research Model; 2.3 What Is at Stake?; 2.4 And What if Humanity Is at Stake?; 2.5 Doctoring Genes: Threats and Opportunities; 2.6 Integrity, Fairness, Freedom and Health; 2.7 Inclusion and Exclusion of Athletes; 2.8 Discussion and Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Is Human Enhancement Unnatural and Would This Be an Ethical Problem?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Some Meanings of the Natural
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 The Natural As According to Nature3.4 The Natural As the Normal; 3.5 The Natural As the Essential; 3.6 Conclusions for the Moral Value of the Natural; Ref erences; Chapter 4: Dignified Doping: Truly Unthinkable? An Existentialist Critique of 'Talentocracy' in Sports; 4.1 What Doping Is - And What It Need Not Be; 4.1.1 The Need for Rigorous Intrinsic Inquiry; 4.1.2 What is Doping?; 4.1.3 A Structured Search for Doping's Intrinsic Wrongs; 4.2 Proper Origins. May the Best, or May the Blessed Man Win; 4.2.1 Talent As Robustness and Doped Performances As Flukes
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.2 The Talented As the Authentic and Dopers As Phonies4.2.3 Natural Endowment As the Gift of Place and Purpose, and Doping As Its Loss; 4.2.4 Talent As a Signal of Fitness and Doping As Misleading Mimicry; 4.3 Proper Processes. Just Do It, or: Let Nature Do It for You; 4.3.1 Agency-Enabling Doping; 4.3.2 Baseline-Lifting Doping; 4.3.3 Passive Consumption of Natural Processes; 4.4 Proper Outcomes. Sporting Towards a Blank Slate or To Showcase a Blueprint; 4.4.1 Reshaping the Human Figure As Straying from the Original Plan; 4.4.2 Reshaping the Human Figure As Repugnant Deformation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.3 Reshaping the Human Figure As (Mutual) Alienation4.5 Conclusion. The Unbearable Lightness of Being a Self-Made Man, Out There Playing Games; References; Part II: Transgressing the Limits of Human Nature; Chapter 5: Subhuman , Superhuman, and Inhuman: Human Nature and the Enhanced Athlete; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Appeal of Philosophical Boundary Work; 5.3 Stooping to the Subhuman; 5.4 Aspiring to the Superhuman; 5.5 Engineering the Inhuman; 5.6 The Meaning of Athletic Agency; 5.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Prometheus on Dope: A Natural Aim for Improvement or a Hubristic Drive to Mastery?
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface by Thomas H. Murray, President Emeritus of the Hastings Center and Chair of the Ethical Issues Review Panel for the World Anti-Doping Agency.Introduction: Human nature as a promising concept to make sense of the spirit of sport -- Part I Conceptual and Theoretical Framework -- Jan Tolleneer and Paul Schotsmans, Self, other, play, display and humanity. Development of a five-level model for the analysis of ethical arguments in the athletic enhancement debate -- Christian Lenk, Is human enhancement unnatural and would this be an ethical problem? -- Pieter Bonte, Dignified doping: truly unthinkable? An existentialist critique of ‘talentocracy’ in sports. - Part II Transgressing the limits of human nature -- Eric Juengst, Subhuman, superhuman, and inhuman. Human nature and the enhanced athlete -- Trijsje Franssen, Prometheus on dope. A natural aim for improvement or a hubristic drive to mastery? -- Darian Meacham, Outliers, freaks, and cheats. Constituting normality in the age of enhancement -- Part III The normative value of human nature -- Andreas De Block, Doping use as an artistic crime. On natural performances and authentic art -- Andrew Holowchak, Something from nothing or nothing from something?. Performance-enhancing drugs, risk, and the natures of contest and of humans -- Mike McNamee, Transhuman athletes and pathological perfectionism. Recognising limits in sports and human nature -- Part IV Socio-cultural and empirical approaches -- Marianne Raakilde Jespersen, “Definitely not for women”. An online community’s reflections on women’s use of performance enhancing drugs in recreational sports -- Denis Hauw, Toward a situated and dynamic understanding of doping behaviors -- Tara Magdalinski, Restoring or enhancing athletic bodies. Oscar Pistorius and the threat to pure performance -- Part V Practices and policies -- John Hoberman, Sports physicians, human nature, and the limits of medical enhancement -- Bengt Kayser and Barbara Broers, Anti-doping policies: choosing between imperfections -- Roger Brownsword, A simple regulatory principle for performance-enhancing technologies. Too good to be true?.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    ISBN: 9789400763500
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 290 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Humanities ; Ingenieurstudium ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Technikphilosophie
    Abstract: Hoping to help transform engineering into a more socially just field of practice, this book offers various perspectives and strategies while highlighting key concepts and themes that help readers understand the complex relationship between engineering education and social justice. This volume tackles topics and scopes ranging from the role of Buddhism in socially just engineering to the blinding effects of ideologies in engineering to case studies on the implications of engineered systems for social justice. This book aims to serve as a framework for interventions or strategies to make social justice more visible in engineering education and enhance scholarship in the emerging field of Engineering and Social Justice (ESJ). This creates a ‘toolbox’ for engineering educators and students to make social justice a central theme in engineering education
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Part I: Introduction to Engineering Education and Engineering for Social Justice (ESJ); Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Who Is This Book For?; 1.2 Motivations for Putting This Book Together; 1.3 Historic Convergence of Circumstances; 1.3.1 Calls for Change; 1.3.2 An (In)Visible History; 1.4 Defining Social Justice; 1.5 How This Book Approaches ESJ: Autobiographical, Historical, Philosophical, Pedagogical, Practical and Beyond; References; Part II: Where Have We Been? Where Can We Go?; Chapter 2: Engineering, Social Justice, and Peace: Strategies for Educational and Professional Reform
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Introduction2.2 Background: A Short History of ESJP; 2.3 Methods and Scope; 2.4 Educational Reform Strategies; 2.4.1 Pedagogical Initiatives; 2.4.1.1 Liberal-Education Courses; 2.4.1.2 Technical Course Modules; 2.4.1.3 Critical Learning Thresholds; 2.4.1.4 Experiential Learning; 2.4.1.5 Liberative Pedagogies; 2.4.2 Curricular Initiatives; 2.4.2.1 Structuring General Education Content; 2.4.2.2 Social and Technical Integration in Engineering Design; 2.4.3 Institutional Initiatives; 2.5 Professional Reform Strategies; 2.5.1 Networking; 2.5.2 Re-conceptualizing "Engineering"; 2.6 Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 3: Power. Systems. Engineering. Traveling Lines of Resistance in Academic Institutions; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Thermo as Usual; 3.2.1 Thermo and Gnosticism: A Tale of Two Esoteric Subjects; 3.2.2 Learning to Stay and Fight: Lessons from Social Justice; 3.3 Transformative Processes; 3.3.1 First Attempts; 3.3.2 Teaching About Power; 3.3.3 Epistemology: Teaching Material and Its Critique; 3.3.4 Book Project; 3.4 Institutional Obstacles; 3.4.1 Obstacles; 3.4.2 Students and Faculty; 3.5 How I Got Away with It (So Far); 3.6 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Part III: Conceptual Contributions to ESJChapter 4: The (Mis)Framing of Social Justice: Why Ideologies of Depoliticization and Meritocracy Hinder Engineers' Ability to Think About Social Injustices; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Cultural Ideologies in Engineering; 4.3 Depoliticization of Engineering; 4.4 The Ideology of Meritocracy; 4.5 Misframing Social Justice Issues; 4.5.1 Non-dominant and Dominant Groups Adopt These Ideologies; 4.6 The Insufficiency of One Lecture or One Essay: The Task of Reframing; 4.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: What Can Buddhism Offer to a Socially Just Engineering Education?5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Practice of the Six Virtues of the Bodhisattva Path; 5.2.1 Generosity; 5.2.2 Ethics; 5.2.3 Patience; 5.2.4 Perseverance; 5.2.5 Mindfulness; 5.2.6 Wisdom; 5.3 The Practice of the Six Virtues and Leadership Theory; 5.4 Three-Level Model of Leadership Based on Buddhism 12; 5.4.1 First Level: Actions to Benefit Oneself; 5.4.2 Second Level: Actions to Benefit Others; 5.4.3 Third Level: Interrelated Benefits; 5.5 Implementing the Framework in a Pre-college Engineering Case Scenario
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.1 Description of the Scenario
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    ISBN: 9789400724457
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 377 p. 5 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Vitalism and the scientific image in Post-Enlightenment life science, 1800-2010
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Medicine ; Biological models ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Medicine ; Biological models ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Vitalismus ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Geschichte 1800-2010
    Abstract: Vitalism is understood as impacting the history of the life sciences, medicine and philosophy, representing an epistemological challenge to the dominance of mechanism over the last 200 years, and partly revived with organicism in early theoretical biology. The contributions in this volume portray the history of vitalism from the end of the Enlightenment to the modern day, suggesting some reassessment of what it means both historically and conceptually. As such it includes a wide range of material, employing both historical and philosophical methodologies, and it is divided fairly evenly between 19th and 20th century historical treatments and more contemporary analysis. This volume presents a significant contribution to the current literature in the history and philosophy of science and the history of medicine
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Chapter 1: V italism and the Scientific Image: An Introduction; 1 Vitalism: Origin, History, and Transformation; 2 Final Thoughts; References; Part I: Revisiting Vitalist Themes in Nineteenth-Century Science; Chapter 2: Jean-Baptiste Lamarck and the Place of Irritability in the History of Life and Death; 1 The History of Life and Death; 2 A "Flood of Light": The Notion of Intussusception in Lamarck's Account of Organic Change; 3 Irritability in Lamarck's Theory of the Animal Being; 4 The Interplay of Life and Nature in Lamarck's Work
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Irritability and Evolution in Lamarck's System of NatureReferences; Chapter 3: Rethinking Organic Vitality in Germany at the Turn of the Nineteenth Century; 1 Introduction; 2 Vital Principles and a Science of Life; 3 Investigating the Material Conditions of Organic Vitality; 4 New Conceptions of Organic Vitality; References; Chapter 4: The "Novel of Medicine"; 1 The Physiological Obsession; 2 The Life of the Social Body; 3 The Body of Thought; 4 The Style of Physiology; 5 Romances of Physiology; References; Chapter 5: Life and the Mind in Nineteenth-Century Britain; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Phrenology: George Combe Versus William Hamilton3 Reflex Action: Marshall Hall Versus the World; 4 Cerebral Reflex Function: Thomas Laycock Versus "Vindex"; 5 Conclusion; References; Part II: Twentieth-Century Debates on Vitalism in Science and Philosophy; Chapter 6: Vitalism Versus Emergent Materialism; 1 Introduction; 2 Amnesia Versus Evolution; 3 Emergentism Cures Vitalism; 4 Hans Driesch's Vitalism; 5 Teleology and Mechanism; 6 How Does Entelechy Work?; 7 Some Responses to Driesch's Vitalism; 8 The Emergentists; 9 J. Arthur Thomson on the Autonomy of Biology
    Description / Table of Contents: 10 Arthur Lovejoy on the Disunity of Science11 Jennings on Downward Causation; 12 Conclusions; References; Chapter 7: Life as an Emergent Phenomenon: From an Alternative to Vitalism to an Alternative to Reductionism; 1 Introduction; 2 Life as an Emergent Phenomenon: A Nineteenth-Century Legacy; 3 Emergence as an Alternative to Vitalism and Mechanism; 4 Scientific Setbacks to Emergence; 5 Philosophical Setbacks to Emergence; 6 The Special Sciences and the Criticism of Logical Empiricism Regarding the Rescue of "Emergence"
    Description / Table of Contents: 7 Unexpected Support from the Physical Sciences: Complex-Systems Studies and Artificial Life8 The Re-emergence of Emergence in the Life Sciences; 9 Emergence, Life and the Origin of Life; 10 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: Wilhelm Reich: Vitalism and Its Discontents; 1 Reich and the History of Vitalism; 2 Orgone Energy: A "Vital Force"?; 3 Reich, Revolution and Politics; 4 Reich, the Counter-Culture and the Popular Consciousness; 5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 9: Vitalism and Teleology in Kurt Goldstein's Organismic Approach; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Goldstein's Organicism at the Turn of the Nineteenth Century
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765344
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 393 p. 74 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical
    Abstract: Written by experts in the field, this volume presents a comprehensive investigation into the relationship between argumentation theory and the philosophy of mathematical practice. Argumentation theory studies reasoning and argument, and especially those aspects not addressed, or not addressed well, by formal deduction. The philosophy of mathematical practice diverges from mainstream philosophy of mathematics in the emphasis it places on what the majority of working mathematicians actually do, rather than on mathematical foundations. The book begins by first challenging the assumption that there is no role for informal logic in mathematics. Next, it details the usefulness of argumentation theory in the understanding of mathematical practice, offering an impressively diverse set of examples, covering the history of mathematics, mathematics education and, perhaps surprisingly, formal proof verification. From there, the book demonstrates that mathematics also offers a valuable testbed for argumentation theory. Coverage concludes by defending attention to mathematical argumentation as the basis for new perspectives on the philosophy of mathematics.
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionPart I. What are Mathematical Arguments? -- Chapter 1. Non-Deductive Logic in Mathematics: The Probability of Conjectures; James Franklin -- Chapter 2. Arguments, Proofs, and Dialogues; Erik C. W. Krabbe -- Chapter 3. Argumentation in Mathematics; Jesús Alcolea Banegas -- Chapter 4. Arguing Around Mathematical Proofs; Michel Dufour -- Part II. Argumentation as a Methodology for Studying Mathematical Practice -- Chapter 5. An Argumentative Approach to Ideal Elements in Mathematics; Paola Cantù -- Chapter 6. How Persuaded Are You? A Typology of Responses; Matthew Inglis and Juan Pablo Mejía-Ramos -- Chapter 7. Revealing Structures of Argumentations in Classroom Proving Processes; Christine Knipping and David Reid -- Chapter 8. Checking Proofs; Jesse Alama and Reinhard Kahle -- Part III. Mathematics as a Testbed for Argumentation Theory -- Chapter 9. Dividing by Zero-and Other Mathematical Fallacies; Lawrence H. Powers -- Chapter 10. Strategic Maneuvering in Mathematical Proofs; Erik C. W. Krabbe -- Chapter. 11 Analogical Arguments in Mathematics; Paul Bartha -- Chapter 12. What Philosophy of Mathematical Practice Can Teach Argumentation Theory about Diagrams and Pictures; Brendan Larvor -- Part IV. An Argumentational Turn in the Philosophy of Mathematics -- Chapter 13. Mathematics as the Art of Abstraction; Richard L. Epstein -- Chapter 14. Towards a Theory of Mathematical Argument; Ian J. Dove -- Chapter 15. Bridging the Gap Between Argumentation Theory and the Philosophy of Mathematics; Alison Pease, Alan Smaill, Simon Colton and John Lee -- Chapter 16. Mathematical Arguments and Distributed Knowledge; Patrick Allo, Jean Paul Van Bendegem and Bart Van Kerkhove -- Chapter 17. The Parallel Structure of Mathematical Reasoning; Andrew Aberdein -- Index.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746084 , 1283633876 , 9781283633871
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 348 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Hautfarbe ; Bleichen ; Ethnische Beziehungen ; Rassendiskriminierung
    Abstract: In the aftermath of the 60s "Black is Beautiful movement and publication of The Color Complex almost thirty years later the issue of skin color has mushroomed onto the world stage of social science. Such visibility has inspired publication of the Melanin Millennium for insuring that the discourse on skin color meet the highest standards of accuracy and objective investigation. This volume addresses the issue of skin color in a worldwide context. A virtual visit to countries that have witnessed a huge rise in the use of skin whitening products and facial feature surgeries aiming for a more Caucasian-like appearance will be taken into account. The book also addresses the question of whether using the laws has helped to redress injustices of skin color discrimination, or only further promoted recognition of its divisiveness among people of color and Whites. The Melanin Millennium has to do with now and the future. In the 20th century science including eugenics was given to and dominated by discussions of race category. Heretofore there remain social scientists and other relative to the issue of skin color loyal to race discourse. However in their interpretation and analysis of social phenomena the world has moved on. Thus while race dominated the 20th century the 21st century will emerge as a global community dominated by skin color and making it the melanin millennium.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Melanin Millennium; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: The Bleaching Syndrome: Western Civilization vis-à-vis Inferiorized People of Color; References; Chapter 2: The Historical and Cultural Influences of Skin Bleaching in Tanzania; Historical and Cultural Influences: Institutions That Placed Tanzanians in a Color-Conscious Society; Enslaved by the Arabs; Controlled by the British, Colonized by the Germans; The Cycle Continues: Postcolonization; Westernization and Neocolonialism
    Description / Table of Contents: How Color-Conscious Societies Fuel Potent Skin-Color Ideals That Result in Efforts to Assimilate into Dominant GroupsIntrapsychic Conflict and Motivation to Assimilate; The Psychological Consequences of Living in Color-Conscious Societies; Inferiority and Low Self-Esteem; Identity Development; Where to Go from Here; Research Implications; Policy and Practice Implications; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Pathophysiology and Psychopathology of Skin Bleaching and Implications of Skin Colour in Africa; Introduction; Skin Colour: Anatomy, Biochemistry, and Physiology
    Description / Table of Contents: Body Dysmorphic Disorder (BDD)What Are the Causes of Somatoform Disorders?; The Light Skin Fad; Pathophysiology of Skin Bleaching; Mechanisms of Skin Bleaching; Trigger Factors: Psychosocial Disturbances; Exposure to Bleaching Agents; Alteration of the Skin Biochemical and Anatomical Composition; In Contemporary Africa; References; Chapter 4: An Introduction to Japanese Society's Attitudes Toward Race and Skin Color; Introduction; Historical Japanese Treatments of Foreigners, Based Upon Skin Color; Roots of the Coloring of the World: Fukuzawa Yukichi's Theories of "Civilization"
    Description / Table of Contents: The Otaru Onsens Case and Japan's Judicial Valuation of Skin ColorContemporary Japanese Media Expressions of Valuation of Skin Color; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Mapping Color and Caste Discrimination in Indian Society; Foregrounding Racism in India; Revisiting the Mythical "Aryan Supremacy"; What Scriptures Say; Aryans, Varna, and Jāti; Revisiting the Aryan Supremacy; Questioning the Aryan Supremacy Myth: Non-Brahmanical Contestations; Notion of Beauty and Contemporary Forms of Preserving White Superiority; Notions of Femininity and Beauty in India; Whitening Cream Culture; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 6: Indigeneity on Guahan: Skin Color as a Measure of Decolonization; Introduction; Traditional Concepts of Skin Color; The Impact of Colonization and Western Values; Indigeneity and Decolonization; Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: A Tale of Two Cultures; References; Chapter 8: Where Are You From?; Introduction: The "Where Are You From?" Question; How to Answer the "Where Are You From?" Question; The Founding Migration; The Founding Origin; Melanin: An Insuperable Sign of Otherness?; Promise and Delusion of a Project?; Assimilation and Integration
    Description / Table of Contents: Ethnic Statistics in France: Wishes and Fears
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    ISBN: 9789400747463
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 631 p. 73 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 27
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy
    Abstract: This book reconstructs key aspects of the early career of Descartes from 1618 to 1633; that is, up through the point of his composing his first system of natural philosophy, Le Monde, in 1629-33. It focuses upon the overlapping and intertwined development of Descartes’ projects in physico-mathematics, analytical mathematics, universal method, and, finally, systematic corpuscular-mechanical natural philosophy. The concern is not simply with the conceptual and technical aspects of these projects; but, with Descartes’ agendas within them and his construction and presentation of his intellectual identity in relation to them. Descartes’ technical projects, agendas and senses of identity shifted over time, entangled and displayed great successes and deep failures, as he morphed from a mathematically competent, Jesuit trained graduate in neo-Scholastic Aristotelianism to aspiring prophet of a systematised corpuscular-mechanism, passing through stages of being a committed physico-mathematicus, advocate of a putative ‘universal mathematics’, and projector of a grand methodological dream. In all three dimensions-projects, agendas and identity concerns-the young Descartes struggled and contended, with himself and with real or virtual peers and competitors, hence the title ‘Descartes-Agonistes’. ​
    Description / Table of Contents: Descartes-Agonistes; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: Problems of Descartes and the Scientific Revolution; 1.1 Prologue: The 'Young' and the 'Mature' Descartes, Natural Philosopher; 1.2 Descartes and the Historians of Science; 1.3 Key Pitfalls (and Opportunities) Facing Descartes' Biographers (Even Authors of Quite Truncated Biographies); 1.3.1 The Problem of Method and Its Texts: Regulae and Discours; 1.3.2 The Problem of Descartes the Natural Philosopher, and of Natural Philosophy as a Wide and Dynamic Field of Discourse and Contention
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.3 Scientific Biography and the Historiography of Science1.4 Overview of the Argument; References; Works of Descartes and Their Abbreviations; Other; Chapter 2: Conceptual and Historiographical Foundations-Natural Philosophy, Mixed Mathematics, Physico-mathematics, Method; 2.1 Jesuit neo-Scholasticism for the noblesse de robe; 2.2 In Search of Proper Categories and Angle of Attack; 2.3 Constructing the Category of Natural Philosophy, Part 1-Natural Philosophizing as Culture and Process; 2.4 Some Heuristic Help: Modeling Modern Sciences as Unique, Agonal Traditions in Process
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Constructing the Category of Natural Philosophy, Part 2: The Dynamics and Rules of Contestation of Natural Philosophizing2.5.1 Articulation on Subordinate Disciplines: Grammar and Specific Utterance; 2.5.2 Find or Steal Discoveries, Novelties or Facts, Including Experimental Ones; 2.5.3 Bend or Brake Aristotle's Rules About Mathematics and Natural Philosophy: The Gambit of 'Physico-Mathematics'; 2.5.4 "Hot Spots" of Articulation Contest: Additional Causes and Effects of Heightened Turbulence in the Field of Natural Philosophizing
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5.5 Modeling System Construction and Contestation - The 'Core', 'Vertical' and 'Horizontal' Dimensions of a Natural Philosophical System2.5.6 The Mechanics of Responding to 'Outside' Challenges and Opportunities; 2.6 The Special Status of the Problem of Method; 2.7 Phases and Stages in the 'Scientific Revolution' Seen as an Unfolding Process in the Field of Natural Philosophizing, with Its Attendant Articulations to Other Domains; 2.8 Looking Forward-What Kind of Natural Philosopher/Physico-Mathematician Was René Descartes?; References; Works of Descartes and Their Abbreviations; Other
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: 'Recalled to Study'-Descartes, Physico-Mathematicus3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Beeckman: Mentor and Colleague in Physico-Mathematics and Natural Philosophy; 3.2.1 Corpuscular-Mechanical Natural Philosophy and the Values of the Practical Arts; 3.2.2 Beeckman's Causal Register, Principles of Mechanics and Version of Physico-Mathematics; 3.3 Exemplary Physico-Mathematics: The Hydrostatics Manuscript of 1619; 3.3.1 Stevin, Archimedes and the Hydrostatic Paradox; 3.3.2 The Hydrostatics Manuscript [1] The Micro-Corpuscular Reduction; 3.3.3 The Hydrostatics Manuscript [2] The Force of Motion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 What's the Agenda: Descartes' Radical Form of Physico-Mathematics
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Problems of Descartes and the Scientific Revolution -- Conceptual and Historiographical Foundations.-  Recalled to Study: Descartes Physico-Mathematicus  Descartes Opticien: The Optical Triumph of the 1620s -- nalytical Mathematics, Universal Mathematics and Method: Descartes’ Identity and Agenda Entering the 1620s.- Method and the Problem of the Historical Descartes.-  Universal Mathematics Interruptus: The Program of the later Regulae and its Collapse 1626-28 -- Reinventing the Agenda and Identity: Descartes, Physico-mathematical Philosopher of Nature 1629-33.-  Reading Le Monde as Pedagogy and Fable -- Waterworld: Descartes’ Vortical Celestial Mechanics and Cosmological Optics in Le Monde. - Le Monde as a System of Natural Philosophy -- Cosmography, Realist Copernicanism and Systematising Strategy in the Principia Philosophiae -- Conclusion: The Young and the Mature Descartes Agonistes -- Appendix 1 Descartes, Mydorge and Beeckman: The Evolution of Cartesian Lens Theory 1627-1637.-  Appendix 2 Decoding Descartes’ Vortex Celestial Mechanics in the Text of Le Monde.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400756724 , 1283908972 , 9781283908979
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 85 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Ethics
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Fröding, Barbro Virtue ethics and human enhancement
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: This book shows how pressing issues in bioethics - e.g. the ownership of biological material and human cognitive enhancement - successfully can be discussed with in a virtue ethics framework. This is not intended as a complete or exegetic account of virtue ethics. Rather, the aim here is to discuss how some key ideas in Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics, when interpreted pragmatically, can be a productive way to approach some hot issues in bioethics. In spite of being a very promising theoretical perspective virtue ethics has so far been underdeveloped both in bioethics and neuroethics and most discussions have been conducted in consequentialist and/or deontological terms
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION -- CHAPTER 1; THE PROBLEM -- CHAPTER 2; THE GOOD LIFE -- CHAPTER 3; THE BIOLOGICAL OBSTACLES -- CHAPTER 4; ARISTOTLE’S VIRTUES AND HOW TO ACQUIRE THEM -- CHAPTER 5; EXAMPLES OF USEFUL CAPACITIES -- CHAPTER 6; CRITIQUE OF VIRTUE ETHICS -- CHAPTER 7; THREE ENHANCEMENT METHODS -- CHAPTER 8 ; CONCLUSION.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    ISBN: 9789400753921 , 1283910292 , 9781283910293
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVIII, 240 p. 30 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Naturwissenschaftlicher Unterricht ; Schüler ; Imagination
    Abstract: Researchers agree that schools construct a particular image of science, in which some characteristics are featured while others end up in oblivion. The result is that although most children are likely to be familiar with images of heroic scientists such as Einstein and Darwin, they rarely learn about the messy, day-to-day practice of science in which scientists are ordinary humans. Surprisingly, the process by which this imagination of science in education occurs has rarely been theorized. This is all the more remarkable since great thinkers tend to agree that the formation of images - imagination - is at the root of how human beings modify their material world. Hence this process in school science is fundamental to the way in which scientists, being the successful agents in/of science education, actually create their own scientific enterprise once they take up their professional life.One of the first to examine the topic, this book takes a theoretical approach to understanding the process of imagining science in education. The authors utilize a number of interpretive studies in both science and science education to describe and contrast two opposing forces in the imagination of science in education: epicization and novelization. Currently, they argue, the imagination of science in education is dominated by epicization, which provides an absolute past of scientific heroes and peak discoveries. This opens a distance between students and today’s scientific enterprises, and contrasts sharply with the wider aim of science education to bring the actual world of science closer to students. To better understand how to reach this aim, the authors offer a detailed look at novelization, which is a continuous renewal of narratives that derives from dialogical interaction. The book brings together two hitherto separate fields of research in science education: psychologically informed research on students’ images of science and semiotically informed research on images of science in textbooks. Drawing on a series of studies in which children participate in the imagination of science in and out of the classroom, the authors show how the process of novelization actually occurs in the practice of education and outline the various images of science this process ultimately yields.
    Description / Table of Contents: Imagination of Science in Education; Preface; Contents; Introduction: Imagination, Epicization, and Novelization in Science Education; Part I Epics of Science in Science Education; Chapter 1: The Heroes of Science; Science Curricula and Students' Images of Scientists; Representations of Scientists in Textbooks; Case 1: Louis Pasteur; Narratives, Identity, and Scientific Practice; Cultural-Historical Activity Theory; Common Structures in the Representation of Scientists; Principles of Semiotic Analysis; Deletion of Lives and Works; Case 2: Mendel's Laws; Case 3: Darwin's Voyage
    Description / Table of Contents: Production of Heroic ImagesSo What?; Chapter 2: What Scientific Heroes Are (Not) Doing; Scientists and Cartesian Graphs; Ethnographic Background; Semiological Model of Scientists' Graph Reading; Segmenting Inscriptions: From It to Signifier; Hermeneutic Reading: From Signifier to "Natural Object"; Transparent Reading: Fusion of Signifier and "Natural Object"; Tracking Water; Trajectories: Between Natural Object, Signifiers, and It; The Making of Heroes; Part II A Need for Novelized Images of Science; Chapter 3: Science as One Form of Human Knowing; Multiculturalism Versus Universalism
    Description / Table of Contents: A Need for a Different EpistemologyTEK and Science as Forms of Human Knowledge; Producing Scientific Knowledge/Reducing Local Contexts; Applying Scientific Knowledge/Reducing Local Contexts; Toward a Dialogic Conception of the TEK-Science Relation; Chapter 4: Science as Dynamic Practice; Genomics as a Case of the Dynamics of Science; Capturing the Dynamics of Science; Definitions of Scientific Literacy and the Dynamics of Science; Scientific Literacy as Set of Cognitive Objectives; Scientific Literacy as Individually Constructed Knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: Scientific Literacy as an Emergent Feature of Collective Human ActivityCollective Activity and Students' Agency in Genomics Education; Toward Novelization in Genomics Education; Part III Toward Novelization in/of Science Education; Chapter 5: Scientific Literacy in the Wild; Struggle for Access to the Collective Water Grid; The Birth of a Concept; Repeated Re/definition; Standards Cannot Capture Scientific Literacy in the Wild; Rethinking the Nature of Knowledge and Scientific Literacy; Novelizing "Scientific Literacy"; Chapter 6: Translations of Scientific Practice
    Description / Table of Contents: Research on Students' "Images of Science"Scientific Practice, Human Activity, and "Imagification"; Ethnography of Science and Internship; "Students' Images of Science"; Interpreting Translations of Scientific Practices; How Are "Images of Science" Produced?; Episode 1; Episode 2; Episode 3; Episode 4; The Epic Nature of "Students' Images of Science"; Chapter 7: Place and Chronotope; A Beautiful Marine Park; Place as Problematic; Ecological Place-Based Education; Critical Pedagogy of Place; Place as Voice; Place as Living Entity; Place as Chronotope; The Notion of Chronotope
    Description / Table of Contents: Place as Chronotope
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- INTRODUCTION: Imagination, Epicization, and Novelization in Science Education -- PART I: EPICS OF SCIENCE IN SCIENCE EDUCATION -- 1. The Heroes of Science -- 2. What Scientific Heroes Are (Not) Doing -- PART II: A NEED FOR NOVELIZED IMAGES OF SCIENCE -- 3. Science as One Form of Human Knowing -- 4. Science as Dynamic Practice -- PART III: TOWARD NOVELIZATION IN/OF SCIENCE EDUCATION -- 5. Scientific Literacy in the Wild -- 6. Translations of Scientific Practice -- 7. Place and Chronotope -- PART IV: NOVELIZING DISCOURSE IN SCIENCE EDUCATION -- 8. Science Education for Sustainable Development -- 9. Novelizing Native and Scientific Discourse -- 10. Fullness of Life as a Minimal Novelizing Unit -- CODA: Novelizing the Novelized Image of Science in Education -- References -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    ISBN: 9789400715189
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 414 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H.L. van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 206
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Schütz, Alfred, 1899 - 1959 Collected papers ; 6: Literary reality and relationships
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Linguistics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Linguistics ; Literatur ; Interaktion
    Abstract: This book contains texts devoted by Alfred Schutz to the 'normative' areas of literature and ethics. It includes writings dealing with the author-reader relationship, multiple realities, the literary province of meaning, and Schutz's views on equality. Never published in English commentaries on Goethe's novel and the account of personality in the social world appear in this volume.
    Abstract: The three essays in this volume illuminate Alfred Schutz’s understanding of literature and literary relationships. The first, “Life Forms and Meaning Structures,” presents such ideal life-forms as duration, memory, the speaking ego, and the I in relation to the Thou. This essay also describes the fundamental nature of human experience, its pluralized realms, the passage of time, perspectival interpretation, action and its impediments-all concepts which make possible an understanding of literature and literary themes. The essay goes on to discuss opera, and the relationship between music and language in opera. The second essay, “The Problem of Personality in the Social World,” offers insights into the unity the social person achieves, temporality, and the role of the body and the importance of pragmatic relevances. This shows how, even before he arrived in the United States, Schutz went beyond his 1932 Phenomenology of the Social World in a pragmatic direction. This essay anticipates Schutz’s 1945 essay, “On Multiple Realities,” by discussing reality-spheres of working, phantasy, dreams, and theory. Reality-spheres are vital for understanding literature, as shown in the third essay, which translates for the first time two Goethe manuscripts produced by Schutz in 1948. The first text, on Lehrjahre, reveals Schutz actually interpreting a piece of literature, tracing the themes of art and life and fate and freedom through the text. The second, a commentary on Goethe’s Wanderjahre, presents an inchoate theory of literature. Defending Goethe’s 1829 version of the Wanderjahre novel, Schutz argues that critics miss the point that readers of literature adopt a specific kind of epoché in which they enter a reality-sphere governed by “the logic of the poetic event,” whose rules are not those of everyday life or theoretical contemplation. In sum, this volume brings out the distinctive character of literary reality and the relationships between author and reader, and invites the reader to derive a sense of how Schutz himself read literature.
    Description / Table of Contents: Editorial Introduction by Michael Barber -- Life Forms and Meaning Structures -- The Problem of Personality in the Social World” -- Two Goethe Texts: “Wilhelm Meisters Lehrjahre” (Wilhelm Meister’s Year of Apprenticeship) and “Zu Wilhelm Meisters Wanderjahren” (On Wilhelm Meister’s Years of Travel).
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400751378
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 161 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 31
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Chemistry ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Chemistry ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic
    Abstract: This compelling reevaluation of the relationship between logic and knowledge affirms the key role that the notion of judgement must play in such a review. The commentary repatriates the concept of judgement in the discussion, banished in recent times by the logical positivism of Wittgenstein, Hilbert and Schlick, and the Platonism of Bolzano. The volume commences with the insights of Swedish philosopher Per Martin-Löf, the father of constructive type theory, for whom logic is a demonstrative science in which judgement is a settled feature of the landscape. His paper opens the first of four sections that examine, in turn, historical philosophical assessments of judgement and reason; their place in early modern philosophy; the notion of judgement and logical theory in Wolff, Kant and Neo-Kantians like Windelband; their development in the Husserlian phenomenological paradigm; and the work of Bolzano, Russell and Frege. The papers, whose authors include Per Martin-Löf, Göran Sundholm, Michael Della Rocca and Robin Rollinger, represent a finely judged editorial selection highlighting work on philosophers exercised by the question of whether or not an epistemic notion of judgement has a role to play in logic. The volume will be of profound interest to students and academicians for its application of historical developments in philosophy to the solution of vexatious contemporary issues in the foundation of logic. ​
    Description / Table of Contents: Judgement and the Epistemic Foundation of Logic; Preface; Contents; Introduction; Bibliography; Part I: Constructivism, Judgement and Reason; Chapter 1: Verificationism Then and Now; Chapter 2: Demonstrations Versus Proofs, Being an Afterword to Constructions, Proofs, and the Meaning of the Logical Constants; Bibliography; Chapter 3: Containment and Variation; Two Strands in the Development of Analyticity from Aristotle to Martin-Löf; Bibliography; Part II: Judgement and Reason in the Seventeenth Century; Chapter 4: Descartes' Theory of Judgement: Warranted Assertions, the Key to Science*
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Descartes' Debate with Scholastic Logic over the Foundations of Science2 The Rules for the Forming of True Judgements; 3 The Many Uses of the Concept of Judgement in Descartes' Mathesis; Bibliography; Chapter 5: Striving, Oomph, and Intelligibility in Spinoza; 1 Descartes and the Great Intelligibility Trade-Off; 2 Strengthening Intelligibility; 3 Weakening Intelligibility; Bibliography; I. Works by Descartes; II. Works by Spinoza; III. Works by Leibniz; IV. Works by Hume; V. Other Works; Part III: Kant, Neo-Kantianism, and Bolzano
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: The Role of Wolff's Analysis of Judgements in Kant's Inaugural Dissertation1 Wolff's Analysis of Judgements; 2 Meier's Notion of Condition; 3 The Strategy of Kant's Dissertation; 4 Three Classes of Subreption; Bibliography; Chapter 7: Windelband on Beurteilung; 1 Windelband's Definition of Judgement; 2 Windelband's Three-Step Argument; 3 Judgeable Content; 4 Assessing Under Assumption of Epistemic Values; 5 The Nature of Epistemic Assessment; Bibliography; I. Primary; II. Secondary; Chapter 8: A Priori Knowledge in Bolzano, Conceptual Truths, and Judgements
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Apriori in Bolzano1.1 Concepts and Conceptual Truths; 1.2 Conceptual Truths and Judgements A Priori; 1.2.1 Conceptual Truths and Analytic Truths; 1.2.2 Empirical Analytic Truths; 1.2.3 Synthetic Conceptual Truths; 1.3 How Are Synthetic Judgements A Priori Possible?; 2 Understanding (C1): Bolzano's Epistemology; 2.1 Judgements and Subjective Representations; 2.2 Bolzano's Analysis of the Concept of Knowledge; 2.2.1 Confidence; 2.2.2 How Much Confidence?; 3 Understanding (C2): Knowing a Concept; 3.1 The Correspondence Assumption; 3.2 Having a Representation, Clarity, and Distinctness
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Definitions, Proofs, and Synthetic Truths4.1 Knowledge and Proof; 4.2 Two Remaining Problems; 4.3 The Case of Fundamental Truths; 5 Conclusion; Bibliography; Part IV: Husserl, Frege and Russell; Chapter 9: Immanent and Real States of Affairs in Husserl's Early Theory of Judgement: Reflections on Manuscripts from 1893/1894 and Their Background in the Logic of Brentano and Stumpf; 1 Introduction; 2 Brentano and Stumpf on Contents of Judgement; 2.1 Brentano; 2.2 Stumpf; 2.3 Excursus: Other Students of Brentano; 3 Husserl's Theory of Judgement (1893/1894)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Psychological Studies in Elementary Logic
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Part 1. Constructivism, Judgement, and Reason -- Chapter 1. Verificationism then and now: Per Martin-Löf -- Chapter 2. Demonstrations versus Proofs, being an afterword to 'Constructions, Proofs and the meaning of Logical Constants': Göran Sundholm -- Chapter 3. Containment and Variation: Two Strands in the Development of Analyticity from Aristotle to Martin-Löf: Göran Sundholm -- Part 2. Judgement and Reason in the Seventeenth Century -- Chapter 4. Decartes' Theory of Judgement: Warranted Assertions, the Key to Science: Elodie Cassan -- Chapter 5. Striving, Oomph, and Intelligibility in Spinoza: Michael Della Rocca -- Part 3. Kant, Neo-Kantianism, and Bolzano -- Chapter 6. The Role of Wolff's Analysis of Judgments in Kant's Inaugural Dissertation: Johan Blok -- Chapter 7. Windelband on 'Beurteilung’: Arnaud Dewalque -- Chapter 8. A Priori Knowledge in Bolzano; Conceptual Truths and Judgements: Stefan Roski -- Part 4. Husserl, Frege and Russell -- Chapter 9. Immanent and Real States of Affairs in Husserl's Early Theory of Judgement: Robin Rollinger -- Chapter 10. Frege and Russell on Assertion: Jeremy Kelly.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...